or via QR code:

or via QR code:

Donate DASHcoin via Kraken: XnDC9mTy6KnvoMHD55tcUwKYmzzH5TaqXe

or via QR code:

1. ( 00:59 ) THEATRE OF THE ABSURD: US DEEP STATE SLOWLY DYING IN REAL TIME, BEFORE OUR EYES.

Greetings and blessings to all;

The weeks seem to just get more and more wild, with events, resignations, firings, financial crashes, mixed in with another false-flag school shooting and arguably much more.

The following is a story could fall under the heading of ‘Theatre of the Absurd’…but realistically…almost all of the revelations coming forth at this time could be placed under that title.

If we called it ‘Theatre of the Hypocritically Absurd’, perhaps we could narrow it down a bit more.

Many have known for many years, if not longer, just how hypocritical the US government in particular, has been when it comes to accusing other nations of interfering in the governance of other countries, or especially in interfering with the US.

This week, three stories, seemingly not connected with each other, and yet they all point to a pattern that has played out across our planet for decades, if not the last century at least.

We have been hearing all the claims of how President Trump has allegedly been colluding with the Russians which led to his surprise win in the election.

Of course, evidence has been coming out more and more to prove that Trump had no collusion with the Russians, and it is also being shown more and more that if there was any collusion going on, it was between the Democratic Party, Clinton and the Clinton Foundation.

A ZeroHedge article on Feb 16th reports on findings that seem to suggest that Russians allegedly did influence the US election, but these findings also reveal that the group allegedly involved in the interference, were doing so, long before Trump even announced his intention to run for president.

According to the article: “Shortly after noon on Friday, U.S. Special Counsel Robert Mueller announced an indictment of 13 Russian nationals and three Russian entities, accusing them of interfering in the 2016 presidential election and operating fake social media accounts.

In the indictment announced on Friday - the first criminal case to accuse Russians of seeking to influence the outcome of the U.S. election and support Donald Trump - Mueller describes a sweeping, years-long, multimillion-dollar conspiracy by hundreds of Russians aimed at criticizing Hillary Clinton and supporting Senator Bernie Sanders and Trump. He charged 13 Russian nationals and three Russian entities and accused them of defrauding the U.S. government by interfering with the political process.

Mueller charges "defendants knowingly and intentionally conspired with each other (and with persons known and unknown to the Grand Jury) to defraud the United States by impairing, obstructing, and defeating the lawful functions of the government through fraud and deceit for the purpose of interfering with the U.S. political and electoral processes, including the presidential election of 2016."

The indictment adds that the Russians "were instructed to post content that focused on 'politics in the USA' and to 'use any opportunity to criticize Hillary and the rest (except Sanders and Trump—we support them)'.

It gets better: the defendants reportedly worked day and night shifts to pump out messages, controlling pages targeting a range of issues, including immigration, Black Lives Matter, and they amassed hundreds of thousands of followers. They set up and used servers inside the U.S. to mask the Russian origin of the accounts.

Ultimately, and this is the punchline, the goal was to disparage Hillary Clinton and to assist the election of Donald Trump.

In other words, anyone who was disparaging Clinton, may have "unwittingly" been a collaborator of the 13 Russian "specialists" who cost Hillary the election.”

If this is the only so-called ‘evidence’ that the FBI has, they might as well arrest every international user of Facebook and social media and every alternative news journalist, including myself. Any informed voter who understands the criminally corrupt dysfunction that controls the politics of the US and most western countries for that matter, would have the sense to speak out against Clinton and her foundation.

As well, given the evidence that is now piling up against the Clintons and their foundation…it might seem to me that the Russians allegedly involved should be fully acquitted of any charges, with gratitude for doing the US a great service in preventing her from getting elected.

Among the elitists however…that is not very likely to happen. However, perhaps this was part of a different strategy, something of which we might hear more about as the swamp continues to be drained.

The ironic hypocrisy of course, is the whining by US officials of alleged Russian interference when the US itself has interfered in more elections in more countries than any other nation on the planet.

An admission of sorts comes from a former head of the CIA. In a Feb 17th article by Alex Christoforou on TheDuran.com, he writes that: “Former CIA chief James Woolsey was on Fox News to discuss how those devilish Russians meddled in America’s democracy by posting messages on Twitter and Facebook, forgetting about all the CIA coups, false flags, and election meddlings he oversaw when running the CIA.

The hypocrisy was so thick that when Laura Ingraham asked Woolsey if the US ever meddled in elections, the response (and laughter from both of them) was telling…

What Woolsey added after saying ‘a very good cause’ was ‘in the interests of democracy’, but this could not be heard very clearly. So to him, ‘ a very good cause’ and ‘democracy’ really meant the corrupted system that has been benefitting elitists, at the expense of humanity and the planet.

Woolsey was describing the importance of pushing the Russians back from their alleged aggressive intrusions in countries like Ukraine when the evidence clearly implicates the US as orchestrating the coup in Ukraine. As far as his claims that Russia is taking more and more countries ‘under their wing’, the statement reeks of hypocrisy, given that the US has taken more countries ‘under their wing’ to set up more military bases close to Russian borders than any other country in the world, and that the US has controlled the world economically and militarily for over 50 years at least, and arguably for the last 80-100 years.

He speaks of the need to interfere in the elections of other countries for their own interests, stating that they needed guidance from the communist threat. Woolsey seems to forget that the Khazarian Jews who orchestrated the Russian Revolution in 1917, are the same group of people who have been controlling the US, its media, its business, Hollywood and more as well as enslaving people to fraudulent systems of banking and law.

He neglects to mention the CIA involvement in the overthrow of the Iranian government in the ‘50’s, which CVN briefly mentioned a few weeks back.

A ZeroHedge article also covered this story, and provides a summary listing of no less than 27 countries that the US has interfered with, between 1948 and 2016. The link is in the show summary, for those wishing to save those details for their own information to share.

Is it any wonder why leaders are losing faith with the general public when this kind of hypocrisy is so blatant, that these leaders think they get away with statements like these publicly, when the facts clearly go against their arguments?

Venezuela is one country that is long known to have been a target for US attempts at regime change.

This week in an article appearing on The Duran on Feb 15th, Kevin Zeese reports that: “Several signals point to a possible military strike on Venezuela, with high-ranking officials and influential politicians making clear that it is a distinct possibility.

Speaking at his alma mater, the University of Texas, on February 1, Secretary of State Tillerson suggested a potential military coup in in the country. Tillerson then visited allied Latin American countries urging regime change and more economic sanctions on Venezuela. Tillerson is also reportedly considering banning the processing or sale of Venezuelan oil in the United States and is discouraging other countries from buying Venezuelan oil.

In a series of tweets, Senator Marco Rubio, the Republican from Florida, where many Venezuelan oligarchs live, openly called for a military coup in Venezuela. “The world would support the Armed Forces in #Venezuela if they decide to protect the people & restore democracy by removing a dictator,” the former presidential candidate tweeted.”

Zeese continues: “How absurd — remove an elected president with a military coup to restore democracy? Does that pass the straight face test? This refrain of Rubio and Tillerson seems to be the nonsensical public position of U.S. policy.”

The US has attempted to use all of its regime change tools on Venezuela, but they have failed – just like they did in Syria.

Zeese adds the following: “Destroying the Venezuelan economy has been an ongoing campaign by the US and oligarchs. It is reminiscent of the US coup in Chile which ended the presidency of Salvador Allende. To create the environment for the Chilean coup, President Nixon ordered the CIA to “make the economy scream.”

The United States is targeting Venezuela because the Bolivarian Revolution provides an example against U.S. imperialism. An invasion of Venezuela will become another war-quagmire that kills innocent Venezuelans, U.S. soldiers and others over control of oil.”

The article also notes the use of violent protests as part of the US strategy for regime change in a country, mentioning the US involvement in Iran in the 1950’s up to and including US interference in the Maidan revolution in Ukraine in 2014.

At the time of those events in 2014, I reported on how reports had surfaced that snipers were on top of buildings and were shooting both police and protestors, to stir up the trouble between the opposing forces, to make the situation worse.

This leads into the other story this week connected to this theme. Andrei Veselov, in an exclusive story for Sputnik News, reports having had interviews with two of the snipers who participated in the Maidan revolution, by shooting both police and protestors, under orders from the leaders of the coup.

Veselov shares the following: “Adding a new twist to the story about the 2014 Maidan shootings, a Sputnik correspondent has met with the purported snipers. The agency has obtained the records of interrogation of Koba Nergadze and Aleksandre Revazishvili. Both Georgian nationals, they are ready to testify in a Ukrainian court.”

What is interesting to note is that the article also adds this: “In a strange coincidence, former Georgian President Mikheil Saakashvili was deported from Ukraine immediately after Sputnik announced it was going to publish the results of its investigation — and just a day after Saakashvili was to testify in court in the case of the snipers.

The questioning of Nergadze and Revazishvili by lawyers Alexander Goroshinsky and Stefan Reshko was conducted in accordance with the Constitution, the Criminal Code and the Advocacy Law of the Ukrainian Republic. “

The alleged snipers offer a detailed account of themselves and their life in Georgia. Both are onetime staunch supporters of Saakashvili. Nergazde served as an agent with the so called "Sonderkommando", while Revazishvili was a member of the "Free Zone" organization. They used to intimidate and beat up opposition members and organize provocations. Nergadze spent some time in Greece, Germany and Lithuania where he was trained, among other things, to "work with protesters, namely obtain information, organize people and provoke conflict situations.

They arrived in Ukraine on orders from Mamuka Mamulashvili, then a military adviser to Saakashvili and now the commander of the "Georgian Legion" which is fighting on Kiev's side in Donbass.

As transpires from the evidence given by the snipers, they discussed the planned shooting spree on Maidan with Andrei Par-u-bi-ye, who is now Speaker of the Verhovnaya Rada, and with Sergei Pashinsky, the current head of the Ukrainian parliament's defense and security committee.

The snipers were taking instructions from Christopher Brian, a former US Army officer.”

Included in the article are photos of the declarations made by the snipers, in English and either Russian or Ukrainian. Also included are photos of the travel documents showing how each man travelled to Ukraine and when, just ahead of the Maidan revolution.

Matfey Shaheen, also reporting on this story for The Duran, offers more background information and this link will be included in the show transcript, for those seeking more information on this subject.

Essentially it comes down to absurd hypocrisy. Somewhere within this mix, we must also include the involvement of George Soros, who has also been pointed out as having provided financial resources to support the coup leaders.

2. ( 16:56 ) PULLING THE PLUG: RUSSIA APPARENTLY READY TO STOP USING CORRUPTED ‘SWIFT’ SYSTEM OF INTERNATIONAL MONEY TRANSFER.

In financial news;

It is no longer a secret, at least publicly, that Russia and China are up to ‘something’ in the world.

Those having the eyes to really see, and the ears to really hear, and the mind to really question, are becoming clear on this.

CVN has long reported on the changes being undertaken by both Russia and China to alter our current, dysfunctional, debt-based paradigm of banking.

CVN has long reported on the steps being taken by Russia, one of which was to construct its own system of money transfer, to compete with the criminally-corrupted SWIFT system, controlled by the US and its elitist allies.

It seems that Russia is ready to dump SWIFT. In an RT article on Feb 13th, it has been reported that: “Russian financial institutions and firms are ready to work without SWIFT's interbank cash transfer services, according to Deputy Prime Minister Arkady Dvorkovich.

“Certainly, it is unpleasant, as it will prove a stumbling block for companies and banks, and will slow down work. It will be inevitable to deploy some aged technologies for information transfer and calculations. However, the companies are technically and psychologically ready for the shutdown as this threat was repeatedly voiced,” Dvorkovich said, as quoted by TASS.”

The article also notes the challenges that may be faced by US and European companies operating within Russia if this was to happen.”

Since the events at Maidan Square in Kyiv, Ukraine, Russia has been targeted as the instigator of regime change in Ukraine, despite overwhelming evidence that it was more the US and its allies plotting to install Poroshenko as leader as he was more US/Euro-friendly. As a result of everything that has happened in Ukraine, Russia was slapped with economic sanctions that were an attempt to break down Russia’s return to the world stage as a global power. The sanctions had little of their intended effect, and instead pushed Russia into more quickly adopting new processes to suit their own interests.

This announcement therefore, is not entirely unexpected. According to the article: “The potential disconnection of Russia from SWIFT has been under discussion since 2014, when the EU and the US introduced the first round of international penalties against Moscow over alleged involvement in the Ukraine crisis and the reunification with Crimea.

At the time, the European Parliament called for strong actions against Russia, including expelling the country from money transfer services. However, the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication regarded the recommendations as violating rights and damaging for businesses.

A ZeroHedge article on the story also added that: “at the time, the MasterCard payment system stopped serving clients of seven Russian banks without warning after Washington imposed its first set of sanctions on Moscow in 2014. In response, the Russian government ordered the creation of a national payment system. With the support of the country's banking system, the Mir charge card was introduced in 2015, although there is no data on what its adoption rate has been in the following years.

In 2017, Russia’s Central Bank Governor Elvira Nabiullina told President Vladimir Putin that Russia's banking sector had been provided with all the necessary conditions for operating lenders and payment systems in case of disconnection from SWIFT. According to the regulator, 90 percent of ATMs in Russia were ready to accept the Mir payment system, a domestic version of Visa and MasterCard.”

This is how the geopolitical game has been played over the years, and it is now being exposed for all to see. The global handlers use multiple techniques to control countries and leaders that refuse to play along with their paradigm of enslavement. With the consciousness shifting worldwide, more are becoming informed of the scam against humanity, and this is empowering new leaders to stand up and act.

The BRICS alliance of countries, led by China and Russia, are thus taking steps to shut down or at least neutralize, a criminally-corrupt system and its controllers.

3. ( 22:09 ) BLOCKCHAIN BLUNDERS: HACKS ON CRYPTOCURRENCIES AND RUMOURS OF CIA CONTROL OF BITCOIN CASTING DOUBT ON CURRENCY.

As most now know, the financial markets of the world recently went through a massive correction, and this included the world of cryptocurrencies as well.

What is perhaps surprising to some, although not surprising to others, is that many do not seem to be sure what caused this recent event to take place.

Take, for example, and article appearing on The National Post in Canada on Feb 9th. Andrew Coyne writes that: “Why is this happening? The short answer is: nobody knows — least of all the people who write about stocks for a living. Stock market analysis is notoriously sketchy.

In this part, his comments seem to be valid. It is his closing statement however that gives me reason to believe he is either as naïve as many business pundits, or he knows something but cannot tell people. He closes with the following: “Not only does no one know how to beat the market: no one knows how to time the market either. The people who sell at times like these do so either because they need the money in the short run — in which case they shouldn’t be in stocks — or because they think they know where the market is going. But they don’t, and neither do you.”

The hair goes up on the back of my neck reading things like this, because the comments, at least to me, reflect a double-edged sword. A ‘half-truth’, and one is not quite sure which ‘truth’ the individual, in this case Andrew Coyne, is putting his weight behind. He is obviously referring to the more uninformed investors, but he is leaving out the bigger piece of this information.

There are people who know how to beat the market, and they have access to the algorithm or algorithms that give privileged people an advanced warning, perhaps 30 seconds, maybe a minute, or whatever.

As far as where we think the markets are going? Well, the evidence is becoming more clear that markets are rigged, so there are people who know very well what is happening. As far as what we can do about it – well, that would mean becoming very informed on the nature of market corruption and the criminally fraudulent nature of the fractional reserve model of debt-based banking, and then going after our politicians, and forcing them to acknowledge the true nature of this, and other, systems of enslavement, debt and control.

Another source speculated the same thing, that something ‘unexplainable’ happened. According to a ZeroHedge article on Feb 16th: “Earlier this week, the bizarre, unexplainable, ongoing plunge in the dollar and US bond prices in the aftermath of the stronger than expected CPI print which also sent equities surging.

Then again, maybe it is not all that unexplainable.

As Deutsche's FX strategist, George Saravelos, writes, he has been getting numerous inquiries as to how can it be that US yields are rising sharply, yet the dollar is so weak at the same time?”

ZeroHedge includes the following statement from Deutsche Bank: “We are well into 2018 and our feedback from recently attending the TradeTech FX conference in Miami is that the market is still struggling to understand or embrace dollar weakness. How can it be that US yields are rising sharply, yet the dollar is so weak at the same time? The answer is simple: the dollar is not going down despite higher yields but because of them. Higher yields mean lower bond prices and US bonds are lower because investors don't want to buy them. This is an entirely different regime to previous years.”

As mentioned cryptocurrencies were not spared either. I suspect that very few people anticipated that Bitcoin would drop below the USD10,000 mark, let alone sink to the 6,000 range. It certainly was a good time however for those who have been waiting to get into Bitcoin.

As I have also mentioned, I do have some growing concerns about cryptocurrencies, and blockchain technologies. Listeners may recall my mentioning that we have to be careful that we are not being drawn back into a digital trap, that is meant to continue human enslavement.

As long as one plays the game with awareness, and uses the game to meet a goal, instead of using it for longer term retirement, I THINK this is the wiser step at this time.

My reason for saying this, and you of course do not have to agree, has to do with the increasing number of stories about alleged hacks, and vulnerabilities appearing in the blockchain technology.

In the beginning, everyone was saying that blockchain was hackproof and infallible, and this no longer appears to the case.

If we have learned anything over the last few years, amidst all the revelations coming forth now, that anything that is not in service for the Highest Good of humanity and the planet, is being exposed quickly.

The fact that these problems are appearing with the blockchain technology, may be …and I emphasize this… it MAY be a sign that this technology has been controlled by another faction of the global cabal, and it is being exposed now for what it may be.

What is interesting is that, shortly after having written this material, I was drawn to a website today that I have not checked in with in a long time, and found an article about Bitcoin.

According to an article appearing on the geopolitics.co website for Jan 20th: “There’s a reason why China, Russia and South Korea are about to shut down Bitcoin operations in their turf. It has been a CIA project from the very beginning. That explains why there’s no transparency as to who actually created it, and the impending shutdown is bringing bitcoin’s market value down to at least 40%, for now.

Natalya Kaspersky claimed that Bitcoin was designed to provide financing for US and British intelligence activities around the world. The expert called the cryptocurrency “dollar 2.0.”

The Bitcoin cryptocurrency was developed by “American intelligence agencies,” Natalya Kaspersky, CEO of the InfoWatch group of companies and specialist in cyber security systems, said during her presentation at ITMO University in St. Petersburg.

“Bitcoin is a project of American intelligence agencies, which was designed to provide quick funding for US, British and Canadian intelligence activities in different countries. [The technology] is ‘privatized,’ just like the Internet, GPS and TOR. In fact, it is dollar 2.0. Its rate is controlled by the owners of exchanges,” one of the slides read.

She also claimed that Satoshi Nakamoto (the pseudonym used by its founder or founders) is the name for a group of American cryptographers.”

Kaspersky’s comments reflect statements that I made several weeks ago about the risk of getting trapped within an economy controlled by artificial intelligence and digitized money.

The article adds that: “This revelation is part of the ongoing crackdown on the Deep State worldwide. The move towards the establishment of an AI-based totalitarian control in Western countries requires that everyone must use any of the cryptocurrencies so that their lives could be shut down whenever necessary.”

Yes, I did believe that Bitcoin could be a good thing, although I stayed grounded enough to question it. With all the reports of hacks within the blockchain technology, I am beginning to suspect that it is being exposed now because the technology itself may not be honourable for humanity and the planet afterall.

I’m not saying do not play the game. If you can make some money, for house or car payments, or to pay for a well-deserved vacation…then raise some funds and get out. Don’t get too greedy.

One could perhaps try to argue, and perhaps even be correct, in stating that this recent financial crash could be tied to elitists who feel the noose tightening around their necks and they are attempting to take their money and run.

Other unverified sources have suggested that some among the elitists have struck a deal and that they had to pull their money out of the markets, and put it into the new financial system, so it could be monitored by those attempting to drain the swamp and repair the dysfunctional, criminal paradigm of debt-based banking and trading. Yet another unverified source claims that the stock market plunge was the result of the seizure of cabal-owned stocks and assets.

We are not likely going to have the full and complete picture of what is going on, until it has been completed. That makes it incredibly challenging to report on events, and it gets harder when one does not have the contacts nor the financial resources to do ‘original reporting’.

As the ‘draining of the swamp’ seems to continue, and with more revelations, almost daily, exposing crimes of sexual assault, pedophilia and satanic rituals involving children through human trafficking channels, it is possible that some politicians are attempting to implement some positive change within the US.

AN article on Feb 11th, appearing on The Intercept news website by Aida Chavez and Ryan Grim reports on something that the US Congress has, allegedly, recently done.

According to this article: “Tucked quietly into the most recent congressional measure to keep the government open was the most sweeping and ambitious piece of child welfare legislation passed in at least a decade. It’s an attempt to reshape the entrenched foster care system as a raging opioid epidemic swells the population of children in need.

The measure overcame the opposition of group homes, which pocket thousands of dollars per month for each child warehoused in their custody. The Family First Prevention Services Act upends the funding structure for the child welfare system by allowing states to use federal matching funds for programs addressing mental health, substance abuse, family counseling, and parent skills training — to keep at-risk children from entering the foster care system in the first place. It’s meant to help families stay together.”

This is going to appear complicated for many to understand, and it will be hard to hear that so-called Children’s Aid agencies have actually been engaging in child trafficking for sex and organ collection as well as for satanic rituals.

Indeed, it is completely hard to imagine that politicians, law enforcement and those within the legal system would even do such a thing.

However within all that power and privilege, combined with the power of the media to cover it all up, lies a dark secret that is now being exposed for the world to see, and it must be exposed, so that it can be dealt with, and somehow healed, for the future benefit of humanity and the planet.

As CVN has reported on numerous times in the past, you are a corporate entity, and the moment a child is registered with the government, the child becomes a corporate entity, without the informed, democratic consent of the child nor of the parent or parents.

As a corporate entity, this allows a government agency to come in and seize any child that they think may be danger from the childs’ current home and family. If it is reported that parents are giving their children cannabis for health, or if they are not vaccinating their children, the agency can come in and take the children away, to put them into an environment where they can be controlled according to their standards, or traded away for sex, organ-harvesting or satanic rituals, or all of those.

The article also noted how opposition to a piece of legislation can actually become a benefit for the passing of the bill.

The article noted that: “In a fortunate political twist for foster children, North Carolina Sen. Richard Burr’s opposition may have created the conditions that made ultimate passage possible. Media coverage of his lonely stand on behalf of home-state group homes made the issue understandable for the first time for the popular press. Even Teen Vogue, then at the beginning of its run as the organ of the “woke resistance,” weighed in against Burr. That helped Democrats decide which side of the bill they wanted to be on and unified the caucus in favor of reform — even Democrats from balking states like California and New York. Without that consensus, the bill couldn’t have made it into the spending package.”

In this sense, with the media giving attention to the lone representative supporting the group-homes who profit from having children, and the negative response it generated, it became the sign that some politicians needed, to decide to support the agenda or they might face the same blowback.

This is where standing up and speaking out can begin to put pressure on politicians to do the right thing.

While western media and financial analysts still try to paint China’s economy as being in a recession or at least economically poor, the evidence to the contrary appears abundant, although unreported by the same media and financial interests.

For an economy that is allegedly not very stable, China is moving ahead at rapid speed with its Belt and Road Initiative, again something not reported on very much in the western media.

CVN has reported previously how China has used the western financial system of debt-based banking against western interests; buying up the US treasury debt bonds they created to fund their criminal war efforts, and then using money to rebuild their infrastructure. Now, the tables have turned on the West, and we are being given a taste of our own medicine.

An article appearing on the Business Insider website on Jan 28th by Leanna Garfield has reported that: “China has some of the worst air pollution in the world. In several cities, thick layers of smog are common, resulting in thousands of deaths every year.

According to a 2016 study, the top contributor of air pollution-related deaths in China is the burning of coal. The team of Chinese and American researchers behind the study said that pollution from coal caused 366,000 premature deaths in 2013.

China's latest energy megaproject — a giant floating solar farm on top of a former coal mine in Anhui — may get the country closer to that goal.

In 2017, workers turned on the 166,000-panel array, which can generate 40 megawatts of power — enough to accommodate 15,000 homes, according to the South China Morning Post. It's currently the world's largest floating solar project and will operate for up to 25 years.

Local energy company Sungrow Power Supply developed the farm on a lake that was once the site of extensive coal mining. After an explosion caused the mine to collapse, a lake formed and flooded it. As The Guardian notes, building solar plants on top of lakes and reservoirs can protect agricultural land and wildlife on the ground. The water also cools the solar panels, helping them work more efficiently.

In December, a unit of China Three Gorges Corp. started building an even larger floating solar farm, which is expected to come online by May 2018. Also in Anhui, this $151 million plant will produce up to 150 megawatts of power for approximately 94,000 homes.

China is one of the biggest countries to make a significant move away from coal. Last year, the country cancelled 104 new coal plants that were in development across 13 provinces.”

The western way of thinking is to not invest in repairing anything until it becomes absolutely necessary. This is to maximize shareholder return, but without consideration to public safety, public benefit, and benefit to our planet. They will not invest in new technologies either, preferring to profit as long as possible from the existing technologies, until it becomes more profitable to move to a new practice or technology.

In China, using the treasury debt bonds of the US, they built up a massive infrastructure, including high-speed trains, modern transportation and communication corridors, ghost-cities…perhaps in anticipation of coastal flooding at some point, and much more. The idea appears to be that change will come when the new infrastructure is built, thus pulling people away from the old, more harmful infrastructure.

Take the so-called green industries. As just mentioned, China is spending the money to move from coal and oil to renewable energies. Yes, jobs are being eliminated, but they are being replaced with something better, for those who have the spirit and courage to embrace the new paradigm.

It seems that unawakened, North American workers would rather complain about losing their current job, rather than embrace the possibility of moving to a new, greener job, that will ultimately benefit not only the employee, but also the family, humanity in general, and also our planet.

While many will defend the importance and value of industries tied to Big Oil, Big Pharma, Big Medicine, Big Agriculture and others, it generally comes down to a fear of change. People want the status quo…especially if it gives them a paycheque right now.

For those following the news page for the Belt and Road Initiative on China’s Xinhua news agency website, the pages are full of stories of China’s advancing agenda to set up their own system that will ultimately make the western, debt-based paradigm obsolete.

6. ( 42:57 ) HOME, HEMP HOME: SMALL COMMUNITY IN SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA SETS UP FIRST ECO-COMMUNITY MADE FROM HEMP.

One of the allegedly, largest hemp projects in the southern hemisphere is getting closer to completion within the next month or so.

According Saskia Adysti of The West Australian on Feb 6th, the small town of Denmark, Australia will soon have the first ecovillage made out of hemp.

The article reports that: “DecoHousing managing director Donald Clarke said the ecovillage, capable of holding 12 family units on 6000sqm of land, had just reached a milestone at construction lock-up stage.

The houses are built with environmentally sustainable designs, including solar power systems and recycled water tanks.

For the project to have minimal waste and a zero carbon footprint, Mr Clarke and project manager Paul Llewellyn have chosen industrial hemp as their main building material.

“It’s a bit more expensive than standard building products but it’s far superior and it has great quality,” Mr Clarke said.

Industrial hemp is a relatively new material in the Australian building industry but it has been used throughout Europe and the US.

The material is derived from the cannabis plant but is cultivated with a minimal level of tetra-hydrocannabinol, an illegal substance that can be found in marijuana.

Once hemp is mixed with lime, it will be turned into “hempcrete”, a material builders can use to replace concrete. The material is proven to be lighter than traditional concrete and is breathable.

“Hemp itself is a waste material,” Mr Clarke said.

“And it also absorbs carbon throughout time, so the project will end up with negative carbon footprints.

“It’s also breathable and it moderates the humidity and air quality in the house.”

DecoHousing has now finalised the ownership of 11 houses out of the 12 available in the village.

Mr Clarke said he was looking forward to seeing the village’s completion at the start April.”

One other claimed, although not yet scientifically validated, benefit is the protection from electromagnetic radiation, or EMF frequencies.

This is something that I am personally becoming more and more interested in, and when I have my own home, it is going to be shielded as much as possible from these frequencies.

This is one example of a practical technology that is already available, here and now. As CVN reported on a few week’s back, some interesting claims are being made by a source going by the name of Jared Rand.

I reported on a few of the technologies that Rand identified at that time. One listener from Quebec contacted me with a summary of the technologies that he has been reporting on.

I think it is important to be clear on this: Although I have not validated nor confirmed the exact details of these technologies from this particular source, I do firmly believe that technologies have been suppressed and militarized while being kept hidden from the general public. It is my personal belief and feeling that these technologies include, or are similar to, technologies discussed by Rand.

The information sent to me is a summary from two teleconference calls by Jared Rand from November 2017 and January 2018.

According to the summary given to me: “Several technologies have been covertly shared by certain extraterrestrial people with selected groups on earth, for decades. As part of a research team, Jared Rand claims to have tested and verified the effectiveness of all the following technologies.

As soon as the economic and political situation has been re-oriented to favor the whole world population instead of an ‘elite’, these inventions will be distributed around the planet (in a slow transition, to allow adaptation) and it is planned that each country will manage them, independently of any central authority.”

Here is a summary of several technologies that Rand alleges will be released to the world at the appropriate time:

Med Beds

Structures in which people lie for a few minutes, fall into deep sleep and go through a painless atomisation process for body healing, recreation of a missing body part and/or complete rejuvenation (even reversing decades). Managed by trained healthcare professionals, the device identifies DNA and scans body for imperfections then uses plasma and tachyon technology, with a controlable AI/computer, to treat according to the person’s desire. The body is renewed but the mind remains unchanged (memory, knowledge, wisdom, qualities, etc.).

After the session, in-depth information for health maintenance will be given, such as naturopathy, ayurveda, homeopathy, etc.

This will not be offfered in allopathic hospitals, but in other appointed clinics. Construction of these devices for the public must be protected from political intrusion and other greedy forces.

Resuscitation chambers

Chambers will be available to bring back to life and health anyone after a few hours (not days) of their death. This is claimed to be a very ancient off-world invention, as used by extraterrestrials shown in the movie ‘SG1’ .

Replicators

Similar in size to a small oven, replicators function on plasma to transform it into any material : food, clothes, various objects (each replicator is specialized in one type of object). A huge computerized data bank will allow the user to choose an item, then, if the item requires adjusting to the body, the device will scan the user to identify its size, then will produce the item in seconds. Any recipe can be produced and the food is said to look and taste as good as real food, but will not have required farming or killing animals. Furthermore, no waste will be generated because the container provided and the leftovers can be recycled in the replicator itself, as it can transform any matter into any other matter.

The early versions of replicators are the present 3D printers. Some advanced versions have been built. For example, in China, a replicator already built several homes (200 square feet each) in 24 hours.

Teleportation vehicles

Meant for site-to-site transport, futuristic-looking 2-place ‘scooters’ are made in a new material called ‘plex’and similar to plexiglas ; these can teleport 2 persons anywhere on the planet in 15 minutes maximum, and in distant off-world places in a few more minutes. That means one can go from North America to Europe for dinner and back for the evening. Actually, the functioning is described as ‘anti-gravitic’, ‘jumping through time’ and ‘the device doesn’t move but it’s the space around it that moves’. A holographic board with map allows users to program the destination. This creates no pollution and is totally protected from crashes.

These vehicles, as well as similar buses, have been constructed since 2010 and are now waiting in a facility in the south-east to be sent on the market. But for people who still want traditional cars, those will also be available.

Environmental cleaning

A ‘stunning’ approach exists that swiftly cleans any waterways, including oceans, as well as the soil, and therefore plants, etc. A 600 million-years old microbe, once properly fermented, has the ability to even clean up any oil spill ; after the clean-up, it exhausts itself and leaves only nitrogen and oxygen behind.

Power energy boxes

Energy devices based on free energy, in the size of a small humidifier, can power an entire house forever without replacement. Since a few years already, there is a 300,000 square feet warehouse full of these, waiting to be released as soon as opposing economic forces are removed.”

As promising as these technologies seem, discernment is required. As a journalist, although I believe these technologies exist, I am also very aware of the fact that some of these technologies may also be used as a trick, to get humanity back into enslavement.

I am not saying that this is the case here, but I do practice, and I encourage each of you to also practice, questioning anything that is rumoured, or even when it is released. Take the alleged ‘resuscitation chamber’ for existence.

Although it sounds wonderful, to perhaps bring a loved one or family member back from the dead, there are potentially serious consequences to doing this. We do not fully understand yet this quantum reality, nor do we fully understand a soul’s LIFE-path. Could this be considered interference if we bring someone back? If the soul does come back, is it against the free-will of that soul? If the soul chooses not to come back, who or what will give life to the resuscitated body?

Although I am excited and eager to see at least some new technologies come out, I am staying cautiously grounded, so as to not get addicted to something that has the potential to contribute to further enslavement of humanity and the planet.

Evidence is mounting rapidly regarding the transmission of chemicals to humanity in the form of aerosols, or chemicals that are sprayed or transferred through the air to others.

We are starting to hear about it now with regard to vaccines. Perhaps not a surprise to some, an article appearing on the Natural News website from Jan 30th by Mike Adams reports the following: “A bombshell new scientific study published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS) finds that people who receive flu shots emit 630% more flu virus particles into the air, compared to non-vaccinated individuals. In effect, this finding documents evidence that flu vaccines spread the flu, and that so-called “herd immunity” is a medical hoax because “the herd” is actually transformed into carriers and spreaders of influenza.”

A more familiar sight however, are the chemtrails that have been appearing in our skies with increasing intensity and increasing effect upon humanity and our planet.

As more evidence comes into the public sphere, I fully expect that someone with the appropriate legal knowledge, will come forth to lead a class-action lawsuit against governments, corporations and individuals, including pilots who are knowingly contributing to the contamination of our environment through emissions from aircraft flying over countries.

Pictures have begun surfacing of the interiors of specially-designed aircraft for spraying, but even this would not be considered as definitive ‘proof’ that spraying is being done.

We can see the results of spraying in our skies, but it is a bit harder getting a close up of the aircraft, to determine which airline is the culprit.

Since airlines mostly buy their aircraft from four major manufacturers: Boeing, Airbus, Bombardier, and Embraer, we then have to look for evidence that the manufacturers are knowingly and intentionally putting mechanisms into their aircraft for this function.

The next thing to determine is whether or not these chemicals are being added to the fuel, without the knowledge of the pilots or whether the pilots themselves are knowingly participating in the spraying of these agents, and whether or not pilots are being paid bonuses to do activate what is called a ‘chemtrail generator’ on their flights.

A video that I have come across seems to offer proof that not only are aircraft manufacturers involved in this crime against humanity, but also that the pilots not only participate in this program, but in this video, the pilots seemed almost excited that it was working.

The video, which will be in the show transcript, shows the console of what appears to be a much older version of the Boeing 777, which first flew in 1992 according to a Google search.

This would suggest that Boeing has been actively participating in a chemtrail or geoengineering projects since 1994 or perhaps shortly after.

The console cameras show the chemtrail being emitted from the engines of the aircraft.

My suspicion is that the reason Boeing is having the chemical come out of the engines, is so that they can simply say that it is a contrail and not a chemtrail. If pulled into court, Boeing lawyers would only have to convince jurors that it is a contrail coming from the engine.

What we see in the video is the console showing the activation of the chemtrail generator, and this provides more evidence that the pilots are activating the chemtrail generator, and then confirming that the aerosols are coming out of the aircrafts engines.

The video console of the aircraft specifically uses the term ‘chem-gen ON’, referring to chemtrail and not contrail. A ‘contrail’ or condensation trail, is the warm exhaust coming out the engine at a colder altitude, which disappears shortly after the aircraft has passed.

This video does not prove beyond a reasonable doubt that the pilots knowingly engaged in a criminal activity. They were very likely told a story that the chemicals were being used for some activity that will benefit humanity and the planet. They probably thought they were doing a good thing. This however, does not make them innocent. With all the new knowledge about chemtrails coming out now, pilots must either be willing to testify to what they know and have done to be cleared of charges. If they stay silent, this makes them guilty, if it can be proven that they knew what they were doing and stayed silent to keep their jobs.

A chem-trail, or chemical trail, leaves a trail across the sky that lasts much longer than a contrail. As witnesses are noticing worldwide, these trails can criss-cross the skies in some locations.

One group in Canada is actively attempting to educate Canadians on the agenda of geoengineering.

The campaign is called ‘Bye Bye Blue Sky’, and part of their mission statement is as follows: “Bye Bye Blue Sky is a dedicated global public environmental movement who seeks to be a voice for all living creatures and ecosystems, to protect human health and safeguard the natural environment, air, water and land, which our sustenance depends.

We use education, peaceful protest and creative communication to expose one of the world’s largest and most significant ecological threats and pre imminent disasters, commonly known as Climate Engineering or “Chemtrails”.

These programs are done under “National Research” wherein plausible deniability can always ensue. This is the toxic spraying of nano particulate metals which are further amplified by ionospheric heaters to steer, direct and control our weather for military purposes and global domination. Programs which have no publicly disclosed oversight and which have been conducted for decades . Chemtrails are the means, electromagnetic frequencies are the method; a spray and zap effect shredding our atmosphere and unraveling our ecosystems.”

One page from this website goes into detail about a UN-sponsored document for global change called Agenda 21. This document, promoted as a document for sustainable development, is believed to be one of many culprit pieces of legislation that seek to not only further control humanity, but also secretly harm humans and our planet.

According to this webpage: “The interlocking agendas of chemtrails, HAARP, genetically modified foods, fluoridated water and Agenda 21 are all incentives to control and subjugate the populous to the whims of the Global Totalitarian State under the innocuous guise of “sustainability” .

Agenda 21 is a global agreement that was put into place in 1992 in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil’s Earth Summit, wherein 179 nations signed on to the implementation. George H.W. Bush committed the U.S. to this agreement and every president that followed.

Agenda 21 is the blueprint or action plan to inventory all land, all water, control all minerals, plants, animals, all means of production, construction, energy, education, information and ultimately all human beings in the world.

It is a transition from government to governance by unelected boards and commissions, the erasure of jurisdictional boundaries and the loss of private property rights. Loss of sovereignty and freedom for all of us.

Rosa Koire states “it’s the biggest public relation scam in the world”. A bloodless coup d’etat; management, manipulation, inventory and control of everything on the planet.”

There are numerous videos on this page for those seeking to become more informed on this subject.

In the show transcript for this story, links will be included to both the trailer for the documentary and also for the documentary itself, produced in 2013, so people can become more informed and share the information as they feel called to do. Also, there will be links to the Geoengineering website.

Back in March of 2017, US President Trump issued an executive order relating to climate change. Some believe Trump made an actual statement relating to chemtrailing coming to an end. My searching has not yet found a video with that statement. It may exist. It is still a bit unclear as to whether or not this executive order included the issue of chemtrails or not.

While there are some sources offering unconfirmed reports that chemtrails are being neutralized by other sources, this has not been fully validated, and until then, our work must continue to educate others, as long as chemtrails remain present in our skies.

It is my hope that an informed person or group of people will lead a class-action lawsuit against governments, corporations and individuals for their participation.

8. ( 1:05:31 ) FINAL WORDS

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

Following with the news earlier of the dangers of vaccines and chemtrails and more, it is clear that there is something being done to humanity, but it is based on fear of what the new generation of children are bringing to humanity and the planet. These children appear to be at least one reason for such an extensive and forced campaign of scheduled vaccinations, leading to the harm, immobilization and even death of some children.

Many already know that a new breed of human children are being born at this time, and their presence is a threat to the group of humans currently enslaving humanity and our planet.

Patricia Cota-Robles has recently done three video logs over the last few weeks, explaining a bit more about these children. This week, we will look at the first of these three videos one entitled, ‘Who Are The Millenials and the Children?’

Create a wonderful week until our next moment of ‘now’! I leave with Patricia Cota-Robles her video log #48, aired with her permission and my gratitude:

Donate DASHcoin via Kraken: XnDC9mTy6KnvoMHD55tcUwKYmzzH5TaqXe

or via QR code:

The past week has been full of numerous events on various levels from politics to eclipses and everything in between and beyond, just some of which we will touch upon this week.

One event that many were anticipating to be a bombshell was he State of the Union address by Trump. While many were hoping that Trump himself might reveal the contents of a Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act memo, or FISA memo. Instead, Trump delivered an address that was perhaps more traditional with only very slight hints referencing upcoming events, such as the funding to keep Guantanamo Bay prison open. For the more informed, this is in reference to a belief by many that those who are in the process of being arrested, or who will be arrested among the global elites, will be held in Guantanamo, to be dealt with under military-style tribunals.

The release of the actual FISA memo came several days later, and even this, by some standards was considered a ‘disappointment’, because those who have already known this information, or those who already understand this level of corruption, felt that is was ‘anti-climactic’.

As some awakened, and alternative news sources have noted, the release of this document is more important for the general public who currently have very little knowledge of how corrupted governance is in the US and worldwide. It will be a document that helps them to awaken further, and it won’t have the same meaning for those among us who already understand what is going on.

Other sources have speculated that this FISA memo is only the ‘tip of the iceberg’, with much more to come, including an anticipated report from the

Office of the Inspector General, OIG that is soon to come that will be even bigger, along with several other anticipated revelations.

Starting with the FISA memo itself. Again, very little surprise for those who have been following alternative news. Several sources have reported on the details of the memo, and those links will appear in the show transcript for those who have little or no knowledge about this.

The FISA memo could be summarized perhaps, the following way, and I am quoting from an infographic prepared by ScottAnthonyArchives.com :

During the pre-election period in 2016, three things were revealed within the memo:

One: Clinton hired the Perkins law firm to start opposition research on Trump.

Two: the FBI head of counter-intelligence Peter Strzok started a love affair with agent Lisa Page and they exchanged thousands of texts on the importance of not having a Trump presidency.

Three: The Trump campaign made alleged minor mistakes, unless it was planned intentionally, in having meetings with a ‘Russian lawyer’. This served the purpose of fueling the fires for a case against Trump.

Moving ahead to the last half of 2016, the FISA memo details three more points:

Through the Perkins law firm, the Democrats secured Fusion GPS to pay USD12 million to former MI6 spy Christopher Steele to create a fake ‘dossier’ on alleged Trump collusion with Russia, with none of the dossier’s contents having been confirmed on any level.

Second, the fake dossier was injected into the intelligence community via Nellie Ohr, the wife of senior DOJ official Bob Ohr. At the same time, Steele meets with various media outlets to create news stories to validate the dossier. Yahoo runs the story.

Third, once the dossier is given some credibility via news reporting, it is then ‘weaponized’ by the FBI as ‘intelligence’ and used to secure a FISA warrant to wiretap the Trump campaign.

Looking at the period of time during the Trump presidency now, there are three more things identified by the memo:

One, without the dossier, there would never have been a FISA warrant granted against Trump. This was revealed in December of 2016 via testimony from Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe before the House Intelligence Committee.

Two, The FISA warrant continued to be renewed every 90 days, for three more times; signed by James Comey 3 times, McCabe once, and by Acting Attorneys Generals Yates, Boente and Rod Rosenstein.

Third, to this day the fake dossier was the only item used to secure the most covert and damaging warrant, a FISA warrant, to spy on an American, on American soil, for the purpose of political gain.

According to a BusinessInsider news article on 30th: “ FBI Director Christopher Wray said in a message to employees on Monday night that McCabe's ouster was primarily the result of the inspector general's investigation into his handling of the Clinton investigation, NBC News reported.

One day before the release of the memo, another, seemingly innocent, story hit the news, this one involving an Amtrak train crash in Virginia.

BusinessInsider.com picked up the story, and ran it with a headline targeting conspiracy theorists, because of the suspicious nature of everything leading up to the accident. This included roads being closed in the area; a garbage truck, supposedly stalled on the tracks, which is a tactic within the CIA toolbox, and a number of Republicans on board, but not only that, with their families including children. The politicians were not supposed to be there, nor were their families, and it seems that children had been taken out of school. This was fuelling rumours that Republicans and their families may become targets, after voting to release the memo.

Shortly after the memo’s release, Republican Trey Gowdy, who was a rising star for taking on the establishment within his role on the House Ethics Committee, submitted his resignation and announced that he will be leaving politics, stating that he wanted to return to the judicial system. This in turn, prompted speculation that he was being primed for a key role within the judiciary, or possibly also that he and his family were being threatened. Possibly also, it could be both.

Earlier in January, with the announcement of the US recognizing Jerusalem as the capital of Israel, a string of events came from this, including the apparent passing of a bill to remove the US from the United Nations on January 22nd.

On Feb 3rd an article appeared on the NeonNettle website reporting the following: “President Donald Trump has allegedly warned of a potential 'false flag' attack in the US designed to distract people away from the recent FISA memo release. Yesterday's memo release has rocked the democratic party and the entire elite political establishment, not only making Trump a target, but also the public is at risk of a wave of false flag attacks by the deep state.”

This is not the end of it, however. According to this article: “Political commentator Monica Crowley claimed that the memo is just the first of several memos which are scheduled to be released in the next month is set to disrupt the new world order agenda.”

Following that little breadcrumb, another article appearing on TheHill.com website on Feb 3rd has reported that: Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.) revealed Friday that Republicans on the House Intelligence Committee would examine other agencies, including the State Department, after releasing a controversial memo alleging surveillance abuses.

Speaking on Fox News just hours after Republicans on the committee released a memo alleging surveillance abuses by the FBI and Department of Justice (DOJ), Nunes said the panel was moving to "phase two" of its investigation.

"We are in the middle of what I call phase two of our investigation, which involves other departments, specifically the State Department and some of the involvement that they had in this," Nunes said.

Meanwhile, according to Jay Greenberg at NeonNettle: “Judicial Watch has announced that it is filing a lawsuit against the Department of Justice for FBI documents regarding the FISA. The US political watchdog has filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) suit against the DOJ for FBI documents regarding the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act warrant application submitted to – and responses from – the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court related to alleged collusion between Trump campaign associates and Russia.”

Although we are witnessing events that many will consider ‘alarming’ and even ‘distressing’, it is important to keep in mind that a battle is being waged against a machine, or perhaps more accurately, a beast, that has been controlling not only Washington, but the entire US, and also the world.

It is a rabid beast that has just been shot, but it is still fighting to the end with its last breath.

In a recent newscast, I offered a speculation that Trump was embarking on an intentional strategy. Just as a mother weans her infant child off of her milk, so too does Trump appear to be weaning the world off of the US.

In my personal opinion, there is a very important reason for this, even if the events seem distressing. The world needs to be removed and distanced from everything that the old US system represented.

By making the US milk taste sour, people and countries are moving away and cutting ties with the US.

If the US is going to have to go through an intense and thorough tearing down of its structures, then Trump is protecting everyone from becoming collateral damage as a result of this. For their own protection, they need to be driven away.

Pulling away from the UN, and possibly even NATO would also fit in with this strategy, and the issue of the embassy in Jerusalem is already reflecting poorly on Israel, which may also have been part of the plan, to coincide with Israeli PM Netanyahu’s narcissist desire to cement his own legacy within Israel…which may also lead to his fall from grace.

What looks ‘bad’ from certain perspectives at this time may…and do emphasize that… may later be revealed as being ultimately good for others. ‘Captain’ Trump is trying to get as many people into lifeboats for their safety, before the good ship, USA Inc. sinks.

Maybe I’ll be proven wrong, I’m not sure yet. This is how it looks to me personally however, in this current moment.

So much is happening just on the subject of the US alone this week. What appears to be coming more clear however, is that something very significant is taking place within the US and within that which some people call the ‘deep state’. An article offering a perspective on this subject will be included in the show transcript, for those choosing to read more.

2. ( 14:24 ) POWER PLAY: VISEGRAD ALLIANCE OF COUNTRIES POISED TO BECOME A ‘MAKE OR BREAK’ KINGMAKER FOR THE FUTURE OF THE EU.

In other geopolitical news,

On last week’s newscast, I reported on an alliance of countries in Europe that is starting to flex its collective muscle against the unelected leaders of the European Union. William Engdahl has commented more on this little but increasingly influential alliance in Europe that just may be able to guide positive change in Europe.

Engdahl’s article, appearing on The Liberty Beacon website on Jan 28th starts out this way: “The German social democrat and conservative parties have finally agreed in a rotten compromise to form yet another not-so-grand coalition with the increasingly unpopular Angela Merkel as Chancellor. With this, it’s clear that Berlin is on automatic pilot in regard to such divisive policies as accepting hundreds of thousands of new refugees from southern hemisphere war zones such as Libya or Syria. In stark contrast to Berlin’s open policy, four countries in Central Europe—Poland, the Czech Republic, Hungary and Slovakia—are steadfast in their refusal and rejection of the Brussels-mandated compulsory refugee policies and are rallying more open support across the EU for more national self-determination. In this not all levers of power lie in Berlin.”

Engdahl introduces the new alliance as he continues: “The growing resistance of the four, united as the Visegrád Group, is opening a potential breakup of the European Union as Brussels steadfastly refuses to budge on policy and the populations across the EU stare on with disbelief and increasingly vote more national-oriented candidates such as the newly-elected Austrian Chancellor Sebastian Kurz of the Austrian Peoples’ Party.

The concerted effort of Brussels and the liberal media to demonize leaders such as Hungary’s Viktor Orban, as some modern variant of fascist for defending national sovereign rights to decide who is welcome to become citizen and who not, is increasingly falling on deaf ears for ordinary Europeans who are bewildered at why their politicians refuse to abandon a clearly counterproductive refugee policy.

The EU Commission announced last month that Hungary, Poland and Czech Republic would be sued for their decisions to not take in refugees by order of the un-elected EU leadership. Hungary was also going to be sued for passing a higher education law that would, according to Engdahl: “likely force closing of the Central European University backed by George Soros and opposes a Hungarian law requiring foreign-financed NGOs such as those backed by Soros to file as “foreign funded.” Soros-backed NGOs in the EU are major proponents of significant refugee inflows into the EU.

Engdahl also notes that: “On April 8 Orban faces re-election in a national vote where US hedge fund speculator and political NGO operative, Hungarian-born George Soros, is financing a massive effort to defeat Orban and his Fidesz party, though the opposition at present is very divided.”

Hungarian PM Viktor Orban was quoted in the article as saying that: ““The people’s will is clear. The people do not want to live under the threat of terrorism; they want security, they want their borders to be protected, and they want their leaders to take those people out of the Schengen Area who have no reason to be there.”

Engdahl describes the unfolding scenario in Europe as being similar to a game of ‘chicken’.

For international listeners who may not be familiar with this expression or with this childhood game, it involves two or more people being dared to do something, to see who ‘chicken’s out’ or who becomes the first person to back away from the dare or the activity.

Engdahl writes that: “What is becoming a game of political chicken between Brussels, backed by especially France and Germany, to force mandatory refugee quotas on the member states of eastern Europe could prove very risky for, above all, Germany, the strongest economy in the EU. The very states Berlin is pressuring to join its refugee policy—Hungary, Poland, Slovakia and the Czech Republic—far from being helpless banana republics or economically in dire straits—as a group, the so-called Visegrád Group, constitute Germany’s largest trading partner, larger as a group than France or China.

With the UK Brexit departure from the EU, there will be a major shift in voting weighting among the remaining EU member states. The major benefactor of this shift will be the Visegrad 4, especially Poland. If they maintain a common opposition to Brussels on key policies such as mandatory refugees, their political influence could become felt as never before.”

We have not heard much, if anything from this alliance of countries in the past. Just how powerful could this collective be? Well, according to Engdahl: “The Visegrád Group countries are second only to the United States in supplying to German exporters, which is vital for the continued competitiveness of the German economy.

The V4 countries have a collective GDP equal to that of Turkey; they are economically indispensable to the “Old Union”, including Germany, which is treating Central European countries condescendingly and patronizingly.

Engdahl closes his article with speculation on how this alliance, if they choose to play their cards collectively, could put pressure on Germany to soften its position, or Germany and the EU could end up becoming the big losers.

It may not seem so obvious here, but what we are witnessing is that when informed citizens begin to put pressure on politicians, the politicians will either rise up to answer the call, or they will be pressured to act, or not act.

We have seen Iceland rise up and make their voices heard. Greece also did the same, except that the leadership of Alexis Tsipras failed and surrendered to the will of the EU, to the disappointment of many Greeks.

Some countries are taking note of what is happening, and they are listening to their people.

Shutting one’s borders to the plight of refugees is not ‘racism’ although the agenda is trying to brand anyone resistant to the refugee policy as being ‘racist’.

The refugee crisis was an intentionally-created ploy to destabilize Europe. Young men of a fighting age, are being sent into countries. Where the media is, there may be some women and children. In other cases, It appears more likely that just young, angry men are being paid off, perhaps by people like George Soros, to go in intentionally create chaos.

How bad is it becoming in some countries around Europe? An article appearing on YourNewsWire.com on January 13th reports that: “A German police officer has revealed that law enforcement are unable to arrest refugees amid a violent refugee crisis in Germany.

The officer, referred to as Bernd K., said many incidents involving excessive violence, sexual assaults and racism by refugees are being kept a secret by the government.

“At first, mostly families with children – who looked educated and spoke English – were coming here,” the officer said.

“Meanwhile, 95 percent of refugees are now single men.”

The article continues: “Referring to abuse and harassment against women, similar to those that took place in Cologne on New Year’s Eve, the officer said such cases are widespread in Bavaria as well.

“At the train station, women are sexually harassed and offended on regular basis.

When we speak of an entry ban [to the area], they would shout on us: ‘You are not my police. You are a racist’.”

The police officer was quoted as saying that: “However, when a refugee needs to be controlled, the police cannot arrest him even for a while, the officer said, citing “superior orders” prescribing not to use coercive actions. “Our domestic rule is – better to let him run away.”

The increase in sexual abuse cases in Germany, Sweden, and Austria in particular have led authorities to advise women not to go out walking alonEat night in their home cities and countries.

Fear and separation of humans is the agenda. ‘Racism’ is one of the tools of this agenda.

The strategy appears to be failing however, thanks to informed people who are keeping themselves grounded, and not falling into fear, but instead who are demonstrating to others how to stand up, speak out, and ask the hard and intelligent questions that others have been too afraid to ask.

Groundhog Day came on Friday, Feb 2, and although some sources reported the groundhog as seeing his or her shadow, the shadow right now seems to be falling on the financial markets.

I’m not going to go into details of this just yet, because I am unsure at this time exactly what the nature is of this market event. It could be a planned event, as some of the elites pull out of the market ahead of something else that the elites believe may happen.

An article appearing on the DollarCollapse.com website on Feb 3rd has reported on how the 1% seemingly received a scare on Groundhog Day.

Those connected to the world of finance appear to have the tools to track who the winners and losers are in the markets, and this article seems to suggest that some of the worlds’ most wealthy elites lost a lot of money in this recent financial event. One article on the DollarCollapse website estimated losses by elitists as being just under 70 billion dollars.

Assuming this to be true for a moment, does this mean that perhaps the algorithm that has been used in the past that the general public does not have access to, has been shut down? It is hard to say at this time.

An article on ZeroHedge on Feb 3 is making comparisons to the recent events as being very similar to the major market crash of 1987.

As I have stated previously on various occasions, we are in uncharted waters…at least for this current lifetime. A deeply destructive financial paradigm is on life support, and some might argue that the plug has already been pulled, and the system is gasping for air. This is a criminally fraudulent system that has been protected by an equally fraudulent system of commercial rules that have been given the force of law, while being imposed upon people who are treated as commercial entities themselves, all without the informed, democratic consent of those same people. Meanwhile this dying paradigm has protected, and its commercial rules enforced, by people with a lower IQ – an IQ that makes them able to follow orders, but not be intelligent enough to question those same orders.

An article on ZeroHedge on Feb 3rd sums it up this way: “The Market Is On The Edge Of Chaos, A Zone Where Rare Events Become Typical".

The article explains this a bit more, stating how the four pillars that are holding up the markets are all strained to the breaking point simultaneously.

According to the article: the four components, characterizing the basin of chaotic attraction for markets are: cash, valuations, debt and quantitative easing flows. All four are at a point of breaking.

The article closes with the following: “Markets are in an uncomfortable spot, where not much escape is available via new lending, not much escape via higher valuations, not much escape with new QE, not much escape with more leverage, not much escape with more cash to deploy.

No escape does not necessarily imply a crash. However, treading water on the 'edge of chaos' is dangerous, as any small perturbation has the potential to trigger a critical transformation. An exogenous or endogenous trigger can easily push the equilibrium out of its small basin of attraction. A new equilibrium may be waiting to assert itself, nearby, through chaos.

We are in a phase transition zone, where financial markets are fragile and sit on the ‘edge of chaos’. This is the zone where rare events become typical.”

To the individuals who are grounded in and attached to, the dying, or rather transitioning, financial paradigm, this is going to seem very frightening, for they are witnessing the disappearance of everything that they worked their entire lives for.

Although understandable from their perspective, these individuals will need the strength and leadership of those who currently understand and see that we are moving into a new paradigm, even if it is only a temporary, or bridge paradigm, to one that is grounded in a higher vibration of consciousness. This will only become more clearly understood over the coming months and year.

Many have been observing the unfolding financial events, and are choosing to move into this new phenomenon called ‘cryptocurrencies’. Those already involved are noting the rapid shifting, especially recently, in the prices of ‘alternative coins’ or ‘altcoins’ as they are also called.

What is interesting to see is how financial analysts, trained to work with the current financial paradigm, attempt to interpret something that functions differently to the current paradigm. Of course, most of those same business pundits and analysts are fearful of losing all that they have gained, including their jobs and reputations, from the old paradigm.

In other cases, some sources try to explain and offer at least some interpretations that may be more meaningful.

Take for example an article on the Guerilla Capitalism website. A recent article on this site attempts to explain the process that Bitcoin is going through now. According to this article: “The Gartner Group is widely credited with formulating the “Hype Cycle”, a trend curve that is said to model the adaptation of a new technology or paradigm.

According to Wikipedia: “The hype cycle is a branded graphical presentation developed and used by the American research, advisory and information technology firm Gartner, for representing the maturity, adoption and social application of specific technologies. The hype cycle provides a graphical and conceptual presentation of the maturity of emerging technologies through five phases.

To imagine this graph, you have ‘visibility’ on the vertical scale and ‘time’ on the horizontal scale. At the starting point of this graph, there is the ‘technology trigger’, or the point when something is introduced. In this story, the technology is Bitcoin.

In the beginning, very few knew about Bitcoin, and therefore its visibility was very low. Time was also very low, because it was so new at the time of its introduction. Over a relatively short period of time however, Bitcoin shot up really high on the visibility scale, and drew the attention more and more of people around the world.

At a certain point however, the model suggests that Bitcoin would hit phase 2, which is called the ‘Peak of Inflated Expectations’. At this point, there would be a very rapid drop into phase 3, called the ‘Trough of Disillusionment’. After this phase, the next phase is the ‘Phase of Enlightenment’, followed by the ‘Plateau of productivity’. The author is this article, Mark Jeftovic believes that Bitcoin is now entering this ‘Trough of Disillusionment’. It is his belief that this is the phase where the get-rich-quick people get fed up and leave for something new, leaving the currency to balance or level out and mature.

He closes this article by addressing what people can do about this. He writes that: “If you listen to Lets Talk Bitcoin, they frequently say to invest in the skills and the technology not the price. Don’t spend your money on “investing” in crypto-coins, spend it on learning how to work within this still emerging technology (programming, business, law, whatever) and either develop income streams that earn crypto-currency, or figure out a way to add these streams to your existing business.

Now is the time to hone your skills, now is the time to adapt your business to this new technology if you haven’t already. No you don’t have to regret “missing out”, if I’m right then nobody is going to experience FOMO or ‘fear of missing out’, for a very long time – and that’s the quiet period you can turn to your advantage.”

This is one person’s interpretation. There are some people speculating that it will shoot up even higher than it was previously. There are those, like JP Morgan CEO Jame Daimon who are claiming Bitcoin is a fraud – a laughable and hypocritical comment, considering JP Morgan has been one of the architects of the financial fraud known as the fractional reserve model of banking. There are those who are saying that Bitcoin is a digital trap, created by the global cabal as a way to get more money to fund their activities, since people like Trump, and countries like Russia and China, are shutting down, or making obsolete, the previous systems by which the global elitists could steal from others.

All of the above are possible, with some of those options much less possible than others. The key is to simply not become too greedy. Use the game safely and wisely: put in only that which one can afford to lose, and once a desired goal has been achieved, then pull that money out, and leave the original money in, again as long as one can afford to lose it.

It is a bit challenging at this particular time to know for sure whether the alt-coin phenomenon is truly a transitional step away from the corrupted and criminal financial paradigm known as fractional reserve banking, created with honourable intentions, or whether it is an attempt to draw humanity back into being kept under control.

I would like to create that those who were fortunate enough to become prosperous, and who may become more prosperous, through alt-coins, that they will use their funds for the Highest Good of humanity and our planet, in honourable service.

In the show transcript, I will include links to two other articles from the Guerilla-Capitalism website. The first will explore what Bitcoin is not, and the second article will explore what Bitcoin is.

This listener wrote the following to me: “I am responding to your request , As a native USA Man, I learned the truth about this TAX on

labor long ago, 11 years, and stopped paying these criminals. Notice I am not in jail . It is very true that you are not required to pay that type tax on money you earn by your labor . This is provided by our constitution.

The big issue in the USA is to get a regular job and be employed by a company where you are forced to sign IRS forms, a W2, that take money out of your check. Then if you want some of that money back at the end of the year you must sign a 1040 form. If you are caught cheating with additional income like cutting grass or such you will be Jailed , So here is the rub - stop signing a 1040, get a job out of the current system employers. Know and have on file, the videos and written laws that say its a voluntary tax. For me its worth the sacrifice of not making big money like I used to because I do not pay the beast.”

Recently, former IRS Commissioner Steve Miller appeared before a congressional committee to answer questions, and he agreed with the panel, when faced with the information that the payment of income-related taxes was voluntary:

The following audio clip offers testimony from several former IRS tax agents who left their positions after discovering the truth. Pay particular attention to the comments made by the gentleman who explains where your income money goes and also the comments about what to do if you are sent an audit request:

There are numerous ways in which governments and their various departments, in this case the US, use tricks to cheat people and to make them think that they are required to do this. As you heard from the CVN listener above, one of the tricks is to take a job from a company that forces employees to consent to hand over their money to income tax, and it is taken from the employee, because many of the company employees are not awake enough, nor are they interested in, defending the rights of others, when they are trying to hang on to their respective jobs.

A personal friend of mine living in Europe, a US citizen, tells me that, due to certain agreements with the country she is currently living in, she says she is unable to get out of paying US tax. I did not push the issue with her, but perhaps there was a rule that a country can expel any US citizen not paying the US tax.

It is for reasons such as these that emphasize how important it is to become really informed on one’s rights, but also to know the rules that are being imposed upon them.

In the show transcript for this story, I’ll post links to some additional articles and videos that cover this subject in more detail, for those US citizens wanting to learn more.

5. ( 46:16 ) URANUS IN TAURUS: ASTROLOGY POINTS TO PATTERN THAT IS BREAKING UP THE OLIGARCHY CONTROL OF OUR PLANET.

Switching over to something a bit more esoteric now; whether or not one chooses to accept the influence that astrology has in the unfolding of global events or any shifts in personal or overall human consciousness, the science appears to validate that there is indeed a connection.

Given the recent event on January 31 of a super, blue and blood Moon, many have been sharing their thoughts on what it all means.

Carl Boudreau, who has been featured on this newscast on at least several occasions, has commented on how the oligarchic power over the last four decades especially, have been the result of the placement of our outer-most planets within the astrological signs that empower the 1% and not humanity.

Boudreau has written on this previously, and I will not comment on that just now, but I will post a link in the show transcript for interested people to learn more.

In this recent article, Boudreau shares the following:

“Attention is being focused on the big fancy eclipse of 1/31/18 UT and the follow up eclipse on February 15, UT, and here I am writing about the Uranus Taurus Ingress. Why?

No matter how dramatic an aspect is (and this one is a real headline grabber), it can only be properly understood in terms of the overall astrological context. That, is as true of the eclipse, as it is of the Uranus Taurus ingress that I am writing about. The astrological context for both is pretty much the same. So much of what I would have to say about the eclipse, I would also have to say about the Uranus Taurus ingress.

In recent months, I have been speaking in terms of the long, slow breakdown of the oligarchic alignment. Between the early 1970s and 2010-11, when Uranus entered Aries, the three powerful outer planets were all in signs associated with the 1%.

The 1% used this astrological lineup to massively empower themselves. The outcome of almost 40 years of political and economic dominance by the 1% is global oligarchy. Since 2010-11 when Uranus moved out of the oligarchic alignment, into Aries, the astrological story has been about the agonizingly slow breakdown of the oligarchic alignment and the global oligarchy to which it gave rise. If you are interested you can find an account of this situation in this post.

The Uranus Taurus ingress is about reaching a major threshold in the break down of the oligarchic alignment and a shift in power. The Uranus Taurus ingress heralds the arrival of a major shift in social, political and economic values.

The astrological context is about breaking free of oligarchic control - of resetting the gross imbalance of political and economic power between the 1% and the 99%. The Uranus Taurus ingress is, I believe, about the critical political and economic turning point so many have been waiting for.

In my astrological opinion, both the eclipse of 1/31/18 and the Uranus Taurus ingress are about the same thing - a tipping point in the breakdown of the oligarchic alignment and its earthly reflection, entrenched global oligarchy. The big fancy eclipse on 01/31/18 will be a prelude to the transformational process triggered by the Uranus Taurus ingress.

Eclipses are change agents. Typically, they trigger long-awaited, long-delayed changes. Eclipses also trigger course corrections. I think this extra special eclipse (Blue Moon, Red Moon, Super Moon eclipse) will trigger some of the changes needed to finally undo the grip of oligarchy. The rarity of such eclipses reflects just how important those changes are and how difficult they would be to finally bring about without an assist from the eclipse.

This eclipse is a preview of things to come. This eclipse will be a powerful detonation at the foundations of the oligarchic status quo. The upcoming transit of Uranus in Taurus will finish the job of demolition.

When all is said and done, then, I believe the eclipse of 1/31 UT will kick start the change process to be continued by Uranus in Taurus. However, of the two, I think the Uranus Taurus ingress is the more important and more far reaching astrological event. If you want to know what I really think about this eclipse, read what I have to say about the Uranus Taurus ingress.]”

So assuming Boudreau’s interpretation of these astrological events is true, and given what we are now witnessing worldwide, there does appear to be a good argument to support Boudreau’s assessment.

For some who have not seen any changes leading up to this moment, the current changes make appear to be very ‘sudden’, ‘chaotic’ and for some others, they may appear frightening. For the majority of CVN listeners, I’m sure, all the current changes are being welcomed with eager anticipation, because finally, the world is beginning to see and understand what so many of us have been feeling, talking and writing about for years if not longer.

With this validation, it gives many of us, myself included, a bit of a boost in knowing that everything that we have been doing over many years, without validation, support or recognition, is finally being confirmed.

In some disclosure-related news for this week, former Minnesota governor and truth advocate Jesse Ventura recently had a chance to interview Steven Greer for the RT network.

Since leaving the world of wrestling, Ventura, also a former Navy Seal, has transferred his skills and knowledge to the small screen to help expose many of the lies and coverups.

Greer, as most listeners will know, is a former trauma doctor, and the founder of the Disclosure Project. He also has several film documentaries that are exposing the existence of our galactic families. Greer’s most recent documentary, ‘Unacknowledged’, has been the number one documentary worldwide on Netflix and iTunes.

Although Greer has spoken in the past of the impact of disclosure on the fossil fuel industry, he seems to be shifting the focus of this interview to how the world could have been free of fossil fuels back in the 1950’s. He emphasizes at least three times that this is not a story about ET’s or space, but a story on the secrecy to protect Big Oil and much more. It appears to be a strategy of planting the seeds of disclosure, but using the focus of how the resolution of the question of how our galactic families got to Earth that will blow everything out into the open, while also breaking the cartels that have been guarding the secrets:

Given that many people seem to grasp ideas relating to oil and technology more easily than the revelation that we are not alone in the uni/multi/omniverse, approaching the issue of disclosure from this perspective may become a way to more easily force this issue into the public domain in a way that could be more acceptable by those currently rejecting it or who are fearful of it.

7. ( 1:03:21 ) BREAKING THE MATRIX: ACTOR KEANU REEVES CAUTIOUSLY OPTIMISTIC THAT HUMANITY MAY FINALLY HAVE REACHED A POINT WHERE A SPIRITUAL SHIFT OF CONSCIOUSNESS MAY ALLOW HUMANIY’S BREAK FROM THE TRAP.

Over to some science-related news now, or is it tech news, or is it spiritual news or is it merely a social commentary?

This is a challenging, but also intriguing question, so I’ll let each of you decide for yourselves personally what this story will mean.

Many know the actor Keanu Reeves – known more famously for his role in ‘The Matrix’ series of movies. Less know the challenging life that Reeves has led, or how he lives his life generally in service to humanity and the planet.

According to Google: “Reeves was born in Lebanon in 1964, the son of Patricia Taylor, a costume designer and performer, and Samuel Reeves, Jr. His mother is English, from Essex. His father, an American from Hawaii, is of Chinese, English, Irish, Native Hawaiian, and Portuguese ancestry.

According to an article appearing on YourNewsWire.com on February 2: “A war is being fought that will shape the future of human existence and the world we leave for our children, according to Keanu Reeves, who says he is “quietly optimistic” about the future because “humanity isshowing signs of breaking free from the matrix.“

Reeves was quoted as saying that: “The human race has been enslaved for thousands of years,” Keanu Reeves said while filming in the Mojave Desert, explaining that “we have been kept in a mental prison by shadowy elites and secret societies that have done all they can to suppress us and stop us reaching our potential.”

The article continues: “Explaining that he has been studying ancient texts including the Vedanta and the Upanishads and learning about the nature of reality, Keanu said, “Yeah, sure, there are a lot of people still only interested in keeping up with the Kardashians, but a significant chunk of the population have woken up.

“Most importantly there is now a war being fought between our overlord masters and those who wish to set us free.“

Here is where the article starts to get a bit more interesting: “Keanu Reeves says the matrix is a holographic universe being projected to us by those who wish to control us. Humanity has been suppressed and controlled in this manner for millennia. We think it is real, but in actual fact it is just a film being played to the collective consciousness, presenting itself as ‘reality’.

Keanu Reeves is not alone in believing humanity has been living in a matrix for thousands of years.

Some of the world’s richest and most influential people are convinced that we are living in a computer simulation. At least two of Silicon Valley’s tech billionaires are pouring money into efforts to break humans out of the simulation that they believe we are living in.

Elon Musk believes the chances we are not living in a matrix-style computer simulation are “billions to one.”

“Many people in Silicon Valley have become obsessed with the simulation hypothesis, the argument that what we experience as reality is in fact fabricated in a computer,” writes The New Yorker’s Tad Friend. “Two tech billionaires have gone so far as to secretly engage scientists to work on breaking us out of the simulation.”

But Keanu Reeves believes the Silicon Valley guys have got it slightly wrong about breaking free of the matrix. He has a word of advice for the tech billionaires.”

Reeves feels that the Silicon Valley people have not quite understood however that the shift taking place is a spiritual one, and not a so-called ‘hack’ relating to some fabricated computer-generated reality. Whether it is one, the other or perhaps even a combination of both, is perhaps a truth that the world is finally coming closer to understand.

Reeves notes how people are becoming tired of “unnecessary wars, totalitarian leadership and authoritarian control’, and that people are finally waking up to what really matters.

Says Reeves: ““I think people were really scared the world was ending until, you know, very recently. It just felt like things had gotten out of control. We’d lost any hope of being able to save ourselves from the dark forces in the world.

“But just open your eyes for a minute and look around at what’s happening. It’s astonishing. People like Trump are lifting the veil on an astonishing web of interconnected manipulation.

“Love him or loathe him, he is allowing humanity to wake from its slumber and see that the same few people, the same secret societies, the f*cking New World Order, are actively controlling our lives and suppressing our true ability.”

“But people are slowly waking up. It’s time to take back our infinite power and fling open the doors of the mental prison we have been encouraged to build for ourselves. It’s not an easy thing to do, but it’s time to walk into the light of freedom.”

Are we holograms, living in a holographic matrix? Are we galactic entities incarnated on Earth? Are we Divine entities from Creator Source experiencing and knowing ourselves through experiences that are not grounded in Light, love, harmony and peace? Are we all of those, or is there perhaps more options that have not been made available to us?

This human journey, although frustrating and perhaps even disheartening to some, is still a thrilling journey, especially now that the people are finally starting to grasp what is going on, giving the rest of us a greater sense of hope that humanity is now able to pull off a ‘Shift for the Ages’, that will benefit not only humanity, but especially our planet that sustains us, and possibly also the many galactic families who are here to assist, because their spiritual journey depends upon their service to humanity and Earth.

Continuing along the theme of the previous story for a moment, there has long been talk within spiritual, or so-called ‘awakened’ circles of people about the movement of humanity and our planet into higher vibrations that have been classified as 4th and 5th dimensional.

One of the questions however, is : What is the fourth dimension? Some believe that the concept of ‘time’ is the fourth dimension, while others believe it to be another dimension of ‘space’.

An article appearing on the Outer Places website on January 8th has reported on scientists as having, allegedly, ‘just’ found proof of a fourth dimension. According to the article: “Two teams of physicists created two separate experiments that simulated what the quantum Hall effect would look like in four dimensions by using only 3-D (and some nearly 2-D) materials. Essentially, the scientists figured out how to visualize fourth-dimensional phenomena in our lower, simpler third dimension.

The applications of this are still incredibly abstract, but there may be some sci-fi levels of payoff once we wrap our heads around the fourth dimension, according to Mikael Rechtsman, one the authors of the new papers: "Maybe we can come up with new physics in the higher dimension and then design devices that take advantage the higher-dimensional physics in lower dimensions."

The article includes links to two videos that may help those who are interested in this topic. I cannot guarantee however that the videos will explain it in terms that are easy for the non-scientific mind to grasp. The links will be posted in the show transcript however for those choosing to learn more.

If one listens to the video by Carl Sagan in the show transcript, he also explains the fourth dimension. He used the analogy of ‘Flatland’ that some people will recognize as a story told in a more visual way, featuring a cartoon character named ‘Dr. Quantum.

In that video ‘Flatlands’, which has been aired on this newscast previously, it describes the interaction between a two-dimensional entity with a three dimensional character named Dr. Quantum. The two-dimensional entity is unable to perceive the existence of a third dimension, and the only way to know it, was to become it.

Based on the knowledge I…and we all, have acquired over the last five to ten years, it is a safe bet that this knowledge is not ‘new’ to the people who have been enslaving humanity, even if it is something ‘new’ to the mainstream populations.

We are in uncharted waters … although arguably, one might say that this is for our current lifetime, as there are many, myself included, who accept that our current lifetime is a sum-total of many previous lifetimes.

We are beginning to remember something that we always were. As we take collective steps towards creating a better reality, so too are we journeying towards remembering who we are, through this collective experience of being who we are not.

In many ways, we are coming to BE that which we are and as we become it..so then can we theoretically look upon the 3D reality and see the limitations that we all chose to experience by incarnating into our current human forms.

Having shared this, humanity and our planet appear to be shifting into an awareness of, and existence within, a fourth and perhaps even fifth dimensional vibration. I will include also in the show transcript a video to a documentary that attempts to explain the 4th to 11th dimensions, for those who are really wanting to go down that rabbit hole. I admit, I have not seen this documentary yet, so I can only recommend you use your discernment. I am kind of interested myself in seeing how this source pulls off the explanation.

9. ( 1:14:26 ) FLU FIASCO: FAILING VACCINES, AND HOW MUCH DOCTORS GET PAID TO TRAP FAMILIES AND ESPECIALLY CHILDREN INTO GETTING VACCINATED.

Finally, in some health-related news,

The flu season, at least in North America, is being called one of the worst, if not the worst, flu season ever experienced.

There is one speculative reason, as being reported by some, that the flu this season has been intentionally engineered as a result of the increasing crackdown on all things relating to the global cabal. Assuming for one moment that there is truth to this, then there has been collateral damage across many age groups, as some have died from this so-called flu.

Doctors have reported, including the doctor who recently treated my mother and her husband, that the flu vaccine this year is not effective at all. Assuming THIS to be true, it might give more credibility to the fact that the vaccine is merely being pushed out to make people sick or kill them.

Many people, sadly, still seem to want to hang on to the belief that their governments really do care about them, and that governments have the best interests of their citizens at heart. Increasingly however, the evidence is pointing to the exact opposite.

An article appearing on the YourNewsWire website from last November had reported that: “A JAMA study has found that the flu vaccine, taken by 60% of people over 65-years-old, may be killing a significant number of senior citizens.

Sharyl Attkisson, a former investigative journalist for CBS, says the study shows there is no improvement in mortality rates among senior citizens who get flu shots, and may actually contribute to increased ill-health and death.

Inquisitr.com reports: The study “got little attention,” she says, “because the science came down on the wrong side.” Whereas the researchers had set out to prove that the push for massive flu vaccination would save the world, the researchers were “astonished” to find that the data did not support their presupposition at all. The data actually shows that deaths increased, not decreased, among seniors following vaccination.

Johns Hopkins scientist, Peter Doshi, Ph.D., issued a report in the prestigious British Medical Journal, according to NewsLI, asserting that the CDC policy of routinely recommending the flu vaccine is being based on “low quality studies that do not substantiate claims.” He says there is no evidence that the vaccine reduces deaths among senior citizens.

The article continues: “There appears to be growing public skepticism that the flu vaccine is as beneficial as the experts say, according to an earlier Inquisitr report. The level of doubt is strongly correlated to the incidence of accounts of research fraud in the vaccine industry, an industry which makes billions of dollars of profit every year.

Questions must be asked, then, such as: do the benefits of getting a flu vaccine outweigh the risks, especially among vulnerable senior citizens? Or would they be better off choosing to reject the shot? Who benefits if evidence showing the harm of the vaccine is buried? And what would be the motive for fabricating evidence of harm if none exists? If the facts are as solid as some insist, then why do they seem to be threatened by the data being challenged? Shouldn’t truth be able to stand up under scrutiny?

The vaccine industry is a massive scam for Big Pharma, Big Medicine and indeed for the general populations, but especially children.

In another article, this one appearing on the Waking Times website from last year, pointing to a study that reveals how much money doctors are making from vaccinating children.

According to this article: “Insurance company Blue Cross Blue Shield (BCBS) pays pediatricians $400 for EACH fully vaccinated child under the age of 2. This means that for every 100 vaccinated patients, the doctor gets a $40,000 bonus!

Moreover, it is now very difficult to find a pediatrician who will accept a family who doesn’t vaccinate. Even parents who partially vaccinate or follow a different schedule have a hard time finding a doctor. Here’s why: doctors have to vaccinate a certain percentage of their patients or they don’t get their bonus. BCBS says doctors need to vaccinate 63% of their patients to get the payout. The program specifies that patients under the age of 2 must receive 24 inoculations for the doctor to receive the $400 per-patient payout.

Why are children being targeted so extensively with vaccines at this time? It is becoming clear that there are children being born at this time with exceptional abilities. Sources are allegedly reporting now children being born with more, active DNA strands than humans in the past.

This would make children being born over the last five to ten years much more of a threat to the establishment, and this would provide the justification for them to force dangerous vaccines upon children, to keep them sick and dumbed down, so they will not become a threat to the establishment in the future.

10. ( 1:20:35 ) FINAL WORDS

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

I’d like to split my comments this week into two parts, covering two topics that are separate, but at the same time, they are similar, for they involve addressing hatred that exists between cultures. The context however, and of course, is different. In one case however, one group is able to use the western-based legal system to regain some sense of justice. The other story will probably take a bit longer.

Story number one:

I have been reported over the last year or on the demonization of Russia by western interests to promote the western hegemony agenda. The attacks on Russia have been on numerous fronts: political, economical especially, but with the help of the western media, the attempt is to paint all Russians as being ‘bad’. Arguably, this particular agendum has appeared most strongly in the western attempts to ban Russian athletes from competing in global competitions due to alleged doping infractions by athletes. It became so bad that the entire Russian Olympic team was banned from participating in the Olympic Games in South Korea which start in a few days. Since that ban, selected athletes were given permission to participate, but they could not do so under the Russian flag, but only under a ‘neutral’ flag.

In this sense, the Olympic Games have only become a political vehicle for the humiliation of any country that is deemed to be a threat to western hegemonic agenda. In a world, the athletic world, where politics was never meant to be a part, athletes who have spent their lifetimes training to participate in an event that celebrates sports and individuals and humanity coming together for several weeks, it has been reduced to an event where no winning athlete will be able to fully claim to be the best in the world, because a strong, athletic country was denied participation due to political decisions made by certain people in power, without the informed, democratic consent of he people.

It had been my personal hope that many Asian countries would voluntarily choose to boycott the Olympics, to put pressure on the Olympic Committee to overturn the ban. This, sadly, has not happened.

Alexander Mercouris, writing for The Duran on Feb 2nd reports on a partial win however by the Russian Olympic team. According to this article: “ a Court of Arbitration for Sport lifts IOC imposed lifetime bans on Olympic participation by 28 clean Russian athletes.

The article also goes into greater detail about how there really is no evidence to prove that Russia has been intentionally doping its athletes.

Mercouris, in fact, writes that: “the International Olympic Committee’s own Schmid report, concluded that there was no evidence of any government organized state sponsored doping scheme in Russia. He added that: “The anti-doping systems now put in place in Russia are now universally acknowledged to be just about the best in the world……

Given that this is so and that there is no longer any possibility of Russian athletes engaging in a massive doping conspiracy in the coming Winter Olympic Games in PyeongChang, why is action being taken to prevent them competing on the same basis as everyone else?……

Mercouris notes his own personal feelings, which reflect my own personal feelings, that the western countries, led by the US, are fearing humiliation on the Olympic podium, especially by a country that is being targeted politically and economically for its rebellion against the debt-based currency model, and western hegemony.

Story number two:

In this story, I’m going to share the audio clip of a video project that has gained millions of views worldwide regarding the conflict between Israel and Palestine, or more specifically, between Jews and Palestinian-Arabs in particular.

The video is about four minutes long. In certain parts, you will not be able to hear what is being said, but the individual making the video comes on to explain what happens. Although the video sounds very sad in its outcome, the video maker, Nuseir, going by the Facebook name of Nas Daily, adds a follow-up comment under the video that he did meet two, young Jewish women who were very friendly and accepting of him.

The video captures the essence of the conflict and highlights how many of both cultures are not interested in hate or hurting each other. It is an inspiring story of how to face potential abusers, while trying to transform a situation.

Create a wonderful week, until our next moment of ‘now’! I leave you with this video from Nas Daily on Facebook about his interaction with Jews in Jerusalem:

Through the following link, you can receive a CAD53 discount on a stay over CAD100.

Things are getting more and more interesting, leading up to a much-anticipated State of the Union (SOTU) by US president Trump on January 30th. This will be Trump’s first SOTU address since being elected and only his second address to the joint session of Congress.

The past week however has seen activity ramping up on numerous levels.

The ‘Russia collaboration’ story is beginning to die down, as the media is realizing that there is no story there. The FISA memo however is now becoming the bigger, real story however. Former Secret Service Agent Dan Bongino was questioned on FOX News:

What Trump seems to be doing is intentionally picking suspicious people to sit in certain departments, so that it looks like he is playing along with the cabal game, but then the media starts digging to find dirt on Trump, and they instead seem to find more and more dirty laundry on others. It appears to be a grand set-up to expose certain people, and also the media as well.

The stakes are high regarding the Russiagate controversy. Paul Craig Roberts in an article appearing on ZeroHedge on Jan 26th writes that: “Many Americans do not seem to understand what is at stake. What America is confronted with is a coup conspiracy organized by top officials of the Obama Justice Department, FBI, CIA, the Hillary DNC, and the presstitute media to overturn the result of a democratic election and remove the president from office.

The basis of the coup is a fake dossier purchased for money that consists of unsupported allegations against Trump and that was used to obtain warrants from the FISA court to spy on Trump and various associates hoping to find something that can be used against Trump. Regardless, the false allegations could be fed to the CIA’s media assets and used to create a scandal requiring a special prosecutor to investigate Russiagate.

Once the investigation was under way, the presstitutes kept the scandal alive hoping to convince enough Americans that Trump must have done something—“where there is smoke, there is fire”—that justifies his removal. It worked against Richard Nixon, but not against Ronald Reagan, and Trump is no Reagan.”

Roberts continues: “If the highest reaches of the police state agencies can get away with an attempted or successful coup against the president of the United States, then that is the complete end of democracy and all accountability in government. The House, Senate, and judiciary will become as powerless as the Roman senate under the caesars. We will live under a dictatorship ruled by police state agencies.

Many Americans say they don’t need the House Intelligence Report, because they don’t believe the Russiagate BS in the first place. They miss the point. They need the report, because those responsible for this attempt at a coup must be identified, charged, and prosecuted for their act of high treason.

This is not minor stuff. This goes to the heart of whether any form of liberty will exist. We all know that the ability of the people to hold government accountable is not assured by democracy. However, there is no prospect of holding government accountable if it is a police state, a road that the US has been going down for some time. The audacious coup attempt against President Trump is our opportunity to stop the momentum to a police state.”

Justin Raimondo, writing for MintPressNews.com on Jan 24th feels that the curtain is coming down on the scandal. He writes that: “The finale is upon us: the Russia-gate fraud is about to be exploded, at long last. Although the vaunted memo – and the underlying intelligence – compiled by the leadership of the House Intelligence Committee under chairman Devin Nunes (R-CA) has yet to be released, there has been enough chatter by those House members who have read it to give us the basic elements of what it contains. Although prepare to be shocked by what I consider to be the most outrageous aspect of this affair.

The anti-Trump coup plotters constructed an elaborate fiction for the benefit of the FISA court, presented it to the court as factual, and used it as the basis for obtaining a warrant for the Obama administration – and, in effect, the Clinton campaign – to not only spy on the Trump campaign but to actively disrupt it.

Secondly – and this, I think, is why the memo and the underlying intelligence is so highly classified – the FBI/CIA factor in this operation is just a part of the whole. The involvement of “former” MI6 agent Christopher Steele argues in favor of British involvement. And of course, it could be a mere coincidence that the head of the GCHQ – the British spy outfit – resigned shortly after the Steele story broke.”

Of course the momentum to drain the swamp is also being met with forceful resistance in terms of the counter-attacks on President Trump. With each passing day, the fact that Trump remains in office is a direct threat to the interests of those who have hung on to power and greed in Washington over the many decades.

Trump was so much of a threat, that a so-called ‘secret society’ has been mentioned by some, because information is now coming out to show how the former Obama Administration, the Clinton election team, the Democratic National Party, the FBI and possibly others, were directly involved in trying to prevent Trump from winning the election. This is leading to what is now being called the #ReleaseTheMemo campaign.

A ZeroHedge article on Feb 22nd, reports that: “Congressional investigators learned from a new batch of text messages between anti-Trump FBI investigators that a "secret society of folks" within the Department of Justice and the FBI may have come together in the "immediate aftermath" of the 2016 election to undermine President Trump, according to Rep. John Ratcliffe (R-TX) who has reviewed the texts. In a video by Josh Caplan on his Twitter account, Republican Ron Johnson also points out a reference made to a ‘secret society’.

In an article on the TruePundit.com website, Judicial Watch’s Tom Fitton described the FBI’s investigation into alleged Russian collusion by Trump is ‘corruption at its worst’.

The article writes: “Speaking at the South Carolina Tea Party Coalition’s 6th Anniversary Convention, Fitton said the “unelected bureaucracy” in the Justice Department and the FBI — in some cases, political appointees of the Obama administration, were “breaking the rules to bring down a duly-elected president,” and violating laws “beyond what Richard Nixon ever contemplated. Nothing in recent American history compares to what we think we know,” he said.”

As of Jan 21st, it was being reported on the Signs Of The Times website that the House Intelligence Committee has officially begun the process that could see the release of the memo that is ‘so explosive, that head’s are going to roll’.

Byron York, writing for The Washington Examiner on Jan 21st reports that: “There's no doubt Republicans want the public to see the classified memo. To get it out, they are studying a never-before-used procedure whereby House Intelligence Committee members would vote to make the memo public, after which the president would have five days to object.

If the president had no objection, the memo would become public after those five days. If the president did object, the matter would go to the full House, which could vote to overrule the president's objections and release the memo anyway.

Republicans believe it is unlikely they would have to go that far; why would President Trump object to the release of a document allegedly showing that Obama administration officials abused the law in investigating Trump? But even if there were an objection, the feeling is the House would go ahead.

At this point, some Republicans would have a problem with their base if they didn't. The memo has become a subject of passionate interest among Trump supporters who are following the dossier investigation. The hashtag #releasethememo has been everywhere on Twitter, and Republican lawmakers have noticed.

So GOP sources expect the House will act soon, though the entire process could take two to three weeks. In the end, even if there is any reluctance among some members or leadership, voter interest is likely to prevail. "It's amazing what the pitchforks and the torches will do," said one lawmaker.”

Former CIA agent Robert Steele, in an article appearing on the PhiBetaIota.net website offers a three-step process by which Trump can triumph.

According to the article: “MOVE 1: Eject the press corps from the White House. Repurpose that space to house the three elements shown in the graphic below — this will give the President — overnight — what his existing team and Breitbart do not know how to do: by-pass all intermediary organizations and open a two-way channel between the President and every eligible voter in the USA.

MOVE 2: Utilizing the Trump Channel created in Move 1, FIRST sponsor a national conversation about election reform possibilities, and THEN introduce the Election Reform Act as Presidentially-sponsored legislation, and inform every Member of Congress they can either vote for it and qualify for a matching Presidential pardon if they give up their current bribers and blackmailers to a 90 day Presidential Task Force separate from the FBI, or face the wrath of the President and the deplorables in 2018.

This will do two things: create a new Movement of perhaps 60% of the voters, more than the two party tyranny can muster together; and stop any possibility of the President being impeached by a Democratic-Controlled Congress.

MOVE 3: Make strategy, not security as defined by the banks and the military-industrial complex — the central aspect of the Trump Presidency.

Each of these moves has a few ‘sub moves’ as Steele calls them. For those interested, the full strategy can be found in the appropriate link in the show transcript for this story. As well, I will post links to seven or eight other related articles to this story that were not covered in this broadcast.

2. ( 17:42 ) MAKING EACH COUNTRY GREAT AGAIN: SEVERAL EUROPEAN COUNTRIES BORROW A PAGE FROM TRUMP TO SIGNAL THEIR INTENT TO STAND UP TO EU CORRUPTION.

In other geopolitical news,

While the agenda of the unelected leadership within the EU is to impose rules upon participating nations that only destabilize each nation, several nations are moving ahead on their own, as was reported in the last couple of weeks on this broadcast. Hungary and Poland are taking the biggest hits from Brussels in their stance against the EU agenda to destabilize countries.

Several other countries are taking notice however, and may be moving on a similar path now.

Finland’s presidential elections will be starting on January 28th, and one of the candidates, Laura Huhtasaari of The Finns Party is speaking out about how ‘political correctness’ is destroying her beautiful country.

On Jan 21st, an article appearing on the Voice Of Europe website shares a video made by Huhtasaari, spoken in Finnish with English subtitles, and her message is basically this: “The country is changing rapidly, and it is time to: “Take Finland back”, in a style that is following Donald Trump.

As well, a ZeroHedge article on Jan 22nd by Tom Luongo reports that: “For years Italy’s Northern League kept to itself, being focused on secession rather than reform from within. That change began last year with their non-binding referenda to petition Rome for more fiscal autonomy. But, as the Italian parliamentary elections come into view, the Northern League is playing politics.

And doing it well.

Having made a coalition with Silvio Berlusconi’s Forza Italia and two smaller center-right parties, the Leag Norda (Northern League) is now in a great position to win the election. It’s leader, Matteo Salvini has wholly embraced populism and is now in open opposition to Europe as a whole.

Salvini was quoted in this article as having said that: “Europe has been punishing us for the last 15 years and we are worse off than 15 years ago. European measures are the last thing I am interested in.”

The article continues: “Salvini’s populist stance goes much further than that. His Twitter feed reads like Nigel Farage’s after a lengthy stay at the pub. He’s pushing for a 15% flat tax, the bane of the Progressive left who understands that a progressive tax system is the biggest obstacle to wealth generation. Salvini invokes U.S. President Donald Trump whenever he can especially on defending Italy’s borders and EU immigration policy.

If Italy elects a government hostile to Angela Merkel’s open immigration policy she will have no choice but the back down on her stance against the Visegrad nations – Hungary, Czech Republic, Poland, Slovakia.

Polls suggest that anti-euro sentiment is still not high enough for it to be a winning electoral strategy. Even the front-running party, Five-Star Movement, is backing off rhetorically on its most radical position, calling a referendum on the euro a ‘last resort’ now.

But, this isn’t 2015 and Salvini isn’t the feckless idiot that Alexis Tsipras in Greece is. The Leag Norda comes for truly radical roots. It understands the problems Italy has stem from Germany’s punitive ideas on austerity.

Either way, though, Leag Norda becoming a real political force in Italy spells real trouble for a European Union and the Troika. Salvini is advocating the opposite of the plans favored by the power elite in Europe.

Cut taxes, stop immigration and bring the Italian middle class back into the mix.”

In a separate article, on the London Express website on Jan 25th it was reported that: “ITALIAN election frontrunner Matteo Salvini vowed to challenge the European Union and to abandon the shared currency if the EU refuses to compromise.

Of course, we heard similar words coming from Greek leader Alexis Tsipras, and how he eventually caved in to the unelected European Troika leaders – the presidents of the EU Parliament, the EU Council and the EU Central Bank.

Salvini is making claims that are equally as bold, as he was quoted as saying in this article that: “In order to defend the money and savings of Italians, we will not exclude any possibility. You will never see me making a U-turn like Luigi Di Maio and the Five Star Movement. We will defend the national interests. If we manage to change European dynamics and treaties, we’ll be the happiest people in the world.”

In an update involving Poland, a London Express article reported on Jan 26th that Poland and the EU are at war. This is a result of Poland ignoring threats by Brussels and continuing down its own path of setting national reforms that are not in alignment with Brussels.

According to the article: “Law and Justice Party (PiS) leader Jaroslaw Kaczynski said there is "no way Poland would hand in a decision on the court reforms to the European Court of Justice" as he asserted his government’s right to make its own laws.

Mr Kaczynski told Polish daily newspaper Gazeta Polska Codziennie the "program of deep changes in our country will not slow down, on the contrary".

In a separate article, and also following the tune of Donald Trump, a Polish Member of the European Parliament, Robert Iwaszkiewicz believes the EU, in its current form, is in its dying days. According to this article: “Iwaszkiewicz claims the European Union stands on the brink of collapse because its core interests no longer serve the common goals of a once proud continent. He said it is now only in the interests of an unelected elite which has led Europe astray.

the problem is that the bloc’s unelected leadership’s has forgotten that every single member state is a sovereign country, with its own laws, governments and cultural principles, Mr Iwaszkiewicz said.

The politician is certain that Brussels’ ongoing conflict with Warsaw is evident proof that the EU diktat is about expressing control and not mutual cooperation.

The situation has devolved to a degree where Mr Iwaszkiewicz sees no other outcome of Poland being pushed out, other than a total collapse of the Union.

This is not the European Union that Poland entered or ever wanted, he underlined.

“Instead of a European-wide integration that Poland was very keen on, we have an institution which imposes its worldview. No more, no less.”

Tensions flared last December when Jean-Claude Juncker and Frans Timmermans issued their final ultimatum and attempted to strip Poland of its voting rights with Article 7.

But all of this has only served to anger the Polish public, and is one of the many reasons why anti-EU sentiments are on the rise across Europe, according to Mr Iwaszkiewicz.

Poland is receiving support as well. A third article on the London Express website on Jan 26th reports on how the leaders of Hungary, Croatia, Slovakia and Czechia, are standing by Poland’s side against Brussels.

It may be a bit of a reverse-psychology trick, but it seems that ‘America First’ as championed by Trump, is a message that is catching on, and now that Trump appears to be taking on the swamp, other leaders are starting to feel a bit bolder coming out of the woodwork to do something for their countries that will show unelected leaders that any country will no longer be held hostage to an agenda that serves wealthy elitists and not the general population, and it certainly does not serve our planet overall.

3. ( 26:34 ) WHOLE WORLD IS A STAGE: MEETINGS PUBLIC AND PRIVATE OVER GLOBAL ECONOMY, AND ONE PERSON WHO CALLS TRUMP A DANGER TO THE WORLD.

In financial news,

The World Economic Forum is winding up in Davos, Switzerland, and it is a pretty safe bet that there were numerous discussions taking place behind-the-scenes that are not being covered by the mainstream media.

It would also be a safe bet that what is currently going on in Europe, resistance to the unelected EU leadership, is also a topic of concern among those at the highest levels.

For the first time, an all-female panel was convened, on the topic of Creating a Shared Future in a Fractured World.

According to the article: “Norwegian PM Erna Solberg called for a focus on corruption and illegal money flows and asked for action on gender equality. Education is the first step, she said, making sure that girls take a full part in education.

Chetna Sinha, Founder and Chair of the Mann Deshi Foundation called for financial access for everyone. She announced an alternative investment fund for female entrepreneurs, worth 100 million rupees.

The world needs to renegotiate a new social contract, and re-write the rules, said ITUC General-Secretary Sharan Burrow. We built this fractured world, now we need to learn some lessons and rebuild.

Also speaking at the Forum was Malala Yousafzai, a Pakistani activist for female education and the youngest Nobel Prize laureate. She is known for human rights advocacy, especially the education of women and children in her native, home region in northwest Pakistan. Yousafzai spoke on the importance of teaching boys how to be men and how to respect women and their contribution to humanity and the planet. She was quoted as saying that: “Men have a big role to play … We have to teach young boys how to be men. In order to be a man you have to recognize that all women and all those around you have equal rights and that you are part of this movement for equality.”

Alibaba founder and Executive Chairman Jack Ma spoke openly and at length about some of the key challenges facing the world, delivering a stream of unique perspectives and guidance.

“If you don't want to lose quickly you will need a high IQ, and if you want to be respected you need high LQ: the IQ of love,"

German Chancellor Angela Merkel continued on her agenda of promoting her idea of openness, and stating that shutting ourselves off and isolating ourselves will not create a good future. She feels that protectionism is not the answer.

France’s Macron declared that France is back…whatever this may mean, because it doesn’t seem like things are really good in France at the moment.

UK PM Theresa May expressed optimism that BREXIT will allow the UK to forge new, bilateral trading agreements that will benefit all parties.

Although Alibaba founder Jack Ma spoke about the dangers of artificial intelligence, Google CEO Sundar Pichai stated that AI is more important to humanity than electricity or fire.

China addressed what it claims are its three critical battles. According to the article, the right-hand man of Chinese President Xi Jinping, Liu He, represented China at the Forum. He outlined how China plans to shape the world economy. According to the article: “He said China had tried to open its financial markets over the past year, and spread globalization through its Belt and Road Initiative. China faces three critical battles over the coming three years; preventing major financial risks, alleviating poverty and reducing pollution.”

Of course, the address by US President Trump was also listed as a key highlight, although Trump mostly kept his speech limited to how the US is becoming great again, and is open for business with the world. This was the public part of his address…what the world and the media saw. It may take days before news begins to trickle down of various discussions that were going on about the topics that the mainstream media are not yet allowed to cover.

The Chinese yuan hit a two-year high against the US dollar this week, after the German Bundesbank said that it would include the yuan in its reserves for the first time. “The notable development from the European point of view over the past few years has been the growing international role of the renminbi in global financial markets,” Andreas Dombret, a member of the central bank’s executive board, reportedly said at a conference in Hong Kong (paywall). The decision was made last year and no investments have been made yet, as preparations are still in process. The French central bank then revealed that it already held some reserves in yuan.

As Trump’s “America First” policies push the US out of the international limelight, more people expect China to fill the gap, including in world finance. Barry Eichengreen, an economics professor at the University of California, Berkeley and expert in global currency systems, predicts that the US dollar will eventually lose its dominance and multiple currencies will coexist on a more equal footing in international markets. In the future, the dollar will be forced to share prominence with the yuan and the euro in particular, he says.

Now one other individual also made an appearance in Davos. According to an article on The Political Insider website on Jan 26th: “What does George Soros know that we don’t?

The devilishly liberal billionaire and hedge fund investor told an audience at the Davos World Economic Forum that he expects President Donald Trump will be forced out of office before 2020. This came after Soros tore into the President, calling him a “danger to the world.” The author notes that Soros is not a man to be trusted. Here are the comments made by Soros:

Soros has been active in promoting his version of ‘democracy’, through his Open Society Policy Centre. He is believed to have funded movements such as ‘Black Lives Matters’, women’s marches, and he is also linked to destabilizing events in Ukraine, other countries in Europe and also the migrant crisis that is causing all kinds of trouble in Germany, France, Sweden and other countries.

In my personal opinion, the fact that Trump is considered ‘dangerous’ by a man like Soros, is a good enough reason to support Trump. It would obviously mean that Soros considers Trump a legitimate threat to his work, but Soros seems naively confident that Trump will be removed. This could be a veiled threat to Trump, that Soros is planning to put all his financial resources into a Democratic landslide in the next US presidential election.

This would assume however, that there is still a Democratic Party left after all the current and coming scandals don’t completely reshape the US political landscape in the future.

4. ( 36:19 ) TAX BREAK FOR AMERICANS? SOURCE CLAIMS NEW RULES FOR TAXES ARE HIDDEN WITHIN RECENT LEGISLATION PASSED BY TRUMP AND U.S. CONGRESS.

In the US, reports are circulating that a huge tax remedy has been given to the people. An article appearing on the YouAreLaw.org website is suggesting that the US Congress with President Trump may have just given the ultimate tax remedy to the American people, and the author of this article seems to be claiming that it is hidden within the rules of a recent tax bill approved by Congress.

According to this article: “The new federal personal income tax law, H.R. 1, – that was just enacted into law by Congress in December 2017, and already made effective as of January 1st, 2018, has the immediate legal effect of:

completely disemboweling and destroying the I.R.S.’ current personal income tax collection and enforcement practices and operations, by removing them entirely and completely from all legitimate constitutional authority to act to enforce the direct taxation of income under the 16th Amendment, as practiced for the last 60 years;

strips the federal Department of Justice naked in the courtroom of all of its illegitimate constitutional arguments that have been made in the courtroom for the last 60 years, to sustain the federal court’s (both district and tax courts’) erroneous enforcement of a direct and unapportioned tax upon the income of We the American People under alleged authority of the 16th Amendment; and

completely exposes the federal judiciary’s unlawful enforcement of the federal personal income tax under the 16th Amendment over the last 60 years of American history, as nothing but a complete and total judicially committed fraud that plainly and clearly can now be seen as the true judicial conspiracy of sedition that it is,”

As I am neither an American citizen, nor am I fully versed in legal knowledge, it is difficult for me to comment on what exactly this article is saying.

The article suggests this however: “It’s the same tax it’s always been, and now they have admitted it on the Congressional Record, and their world is about to change, – well, actually, implode.

Congress has no idea of what they have done, or of the true extent or size of the catastrophe within the tax enforcement system, that they have wrought with the new income tax law, and few Americans, if any have realized it yet.”

The article presents at least seven facts that they claim any honest lawyer should admit to, when presented with the information contained in this article.

As I cannot claim to fully understand US tax law, all I can do is present the basics here, and then invite US citizens worldwide who have knowledge of either law or taxes, to analyze this information, and determine for themselves whether or not there is something really valuable contained within this information.

If there are any CVN listeners who have the knowledge and understanding of this article, and are able to communicate to me exactly what the good news is within this legislation, I can then make an update to this story in the coming weeks.

What I am wondering is whether or not there is wording within this legislation that gives people the ammunition they need to take the IRS to court, or to avoid having to pay certain taxes? The article states an admission has been made on Congressional record.

I assume this to mean that there is something within the legislation that upholds the fact that taxes, or at the very least, certain taxes, are unlawful, and do not have to be paid. However, this is where I could perhaps use the expertise of someone in the US who understands this much better than I do.

The article is in the show transcript for this story. An update will follow, if any significant information is presented to me regarding this story.

Geophysical events have increased quite dramatically over the last few months. Everything from alleged forest-fires, to arctic air masses, to massive rains, snow, floods, mudslides, volcano eruptions and earthquakes. This would be to just name a few.

The recent significant earthquake that was reported just south of the state of Alaska is perhaps another curiosity.

In a video posted by well-known earthquake watcher, Dutchsinse, he says he predicted the event in Alaska, on Sunday, Jan 21st, the day before the actual earthquake, based on his data resulting from from earthquakes in the South Pacific days before this.

Dutchsince himself states very clearly on the video that he predicted the earthquake, and issued a warning to people in Alaska two days before it happened.

What strikes me as being a bit confusing then are the several sources reporting that the seismic event was the result of the destruction of a deep underground military base, or DUMB as they are called.

IF it is true that an underground military base was destroyed, then this would mean that Dutchsince may be connected to sources that are causing some of these events. IF Dutchsince is the one telling the truth, then this raises questions about the sources reporting the destruction of military underground bases, and are merely using a seismic event as a justification for making the claims that they are making.

It is unclear at this time which source is more accurate, but the evidence seems to suggest that Dutchsinse made the first and original prediction of an earthquake, and it appears to be based on scientific data and observation. This would suggest that certain other sources may not be accurate in their information.

Now, is it possible that both could still be true? I cannot say for absolute certainty. It is possible that both could be true. Maybe earthquakes are being created, so that pressure can be guided towards a deep underground military base, so that it can be destroyed. I suppose this is very possible.

We do know that HAARP is being used for weather modification, and presumably, it is also being used to create earthquakes and possibly volcanic eruptions as well. The question is: who is in charge of HAARP at this time, and are they using it to assist positive planetary change or not?

What we have to be mindful of, are claims being made by various sources, and that these claims MAY not be legitimate. Everyone is looking for the information or ‘truth’ that validates one’s particular worldview in any moment. Those among us who are sharing it publicly however, also have the burden of being held accountable to what we claim as ‘fact’ and what we claim as ‘truth’ simply because it agrees with one’s worldview.

IF by any chance, there are some of these ‘undercover’ sources monitoring my newscast, I invite you to reach out to me, and offer whatever proof you think you may have to validate one claim or the other. I would expect that you will do your due diligence on me and my work. I think this will speak for itself. I however, would also expect a bit of quid pro quo, and any source seeking to gain my trust, would need to provide sufficient evidence that one is connected to various sources that one is claiming to be connected to.

The science behind the work of Dutchsinse appears to be pretty solid. In the video that is in the show transcript for this story, Dutchsince predicts that pressure from the Alaska earthquake will spread out into one or more of three possible directions: 1. Over the Northwest Territories and Nunavut in Canada to Greenland, Iceland and then to Svalbard in Northern Norway; 2. Along the Rocky Mountains, down through Yellowstone Park and 3. Along the west coast, heading down towards Los Angeles.

It seems that already there is seismic activity moving along the west coast towards Los Angeles. According to the Volcano Discovery website on Jan 25th, a 5.8 earthquake has been reported 205km west of Ferndale, California.

The Ring of Fire in particular has seen significant, increased activity, and this in turn is having ripple-effects that are moving out across various tectonic plates around the world. At this time, it is noticeable to some that the Earth is going through a cleansing of sorts, to release energies that have long been trapped within her body.

We may be needing to pay closer attention to this activity, as this may also be her warning to humanity that she is needing to do some cleansing that could result in some discomfort for some humans. Creating a new relation between humanity and our planet is merely one part of the healing and unification in consciousness that can move us forward in our evolution.

Speaking of re-unification, we can turn briefly to North Korea. Most of the CVN listeners will understand that North Korea is pretty much a distraction, and that the western media are trying to turn North Korea, allegedly a CIA-controlled country, into a nuclear war-mongering nation.

That story however seems highly suspicious, especially when stories such as the following are released…especially by a source that is considered a mainstream media outlet for news.

According to Reuters on Jan 24th : “North Korea sent a rare announcement addressed to “all Koreans at home and abroad” on Thursday, saying they should make a “breakthrough” for unification without the help of other countries, its state media said.

It said all Koreans should “promote contact, travel, cooperation between North and South Korea” while adding Pyongyang will “smash” all challenges against reunification of the Korean peninsula.

The announcement, issued after a joint meeting of government and political parties, added Koreans should wage an energetic drive to defuse the acute military tension and create a peaceful climate on the Korean peninsula.

North Korea did not provide details why the meeting had been held but the statement said it was aimed to support leader Kim Jong Un’s remarks regarding unification from his New Year’s address. It said this year is meaningful for both North and South Korea as it is the 70th anniversary of the founding of North Korea while South Korea will be hosting the Winter Olympics next month.”

It seems highly unlikely that a leader, who may be considered ‘unstable’ by western standards, because he does not accept US and western hegemony, would be extending olive branches to South Korea, and speaking of unification, if his intention was to really start a nuclear world war.

The narrative simply no longer works. We may not be sure yet what exactly is going on, as far as North Korea is concerned, but it is becoming increasingly more clear that there may be a real chance for peace and unification of the two Koreas at this time.

However, this event is obviously going to be connected to numerous other geopolitical and geoeconomic events unfolding at the same time, so we have to stay grounded, without jumping to assumptions about the meaning of any one, singular event.

It is highly, highly unlikely that North Korea would risk what it appears to have now gained, just ahead of the Olympics in South Korea. We know that there are multiple weapons of mass distraction being set off around the world, so the question, as always, comes back to following the money, and trying to determine who profits most from activities in that region and elsewhere.

Although this is not exactly a ‘new’ story, there appear to be new details available.

An article from the BBC.com website on Jan 18 has reported that: “About 13 million pages of declassified documents from the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) have been released online.

The records include UFO sightings and psychic experiments from the Stargate programme, which has long been of interest to conspiracy theorists.

The move came after lengthy efforts from freedom of information advocates and a lawsuit against the CIA.

The full archive is made up of almost 800,000 files.

They had previously only been accessible at the National Archives in Maryland.

The trove includes the papers of Henry Kissinger, who served as secretary of state under presidents Richard Nixon and Gerald Ford, as well as several hundred thousand pages of intelligence analysis and science research and development.

The article continues: “While much of the information has been technically publicly available since the mid-1990s, it has been very difficult to access.

The records were only available on four physical computers located in the back of a library at the National Archives in Maryland, between 09:00 and 16:30 each day.

At the same time, journalist Mike Best crowd-funded more than $15,000 to visit the archives to print out and then publicly upload the records, one by one, to apply pressure to the CIA.

"By printing out and scanning the documents at CIA expense, I was able to begin making them freely available to the public and to give the agency a financial incentive to simply put the database online," Best wrote in a blog post.

CREST stands for the ‘CIA Records and Search Tool’, and is a searchable database. CVN has reported on the existence of this database previously, so again, it is not exactly ‘new’, but the BBC appears to be paying a bit more attention to this story and to this database now, which may, or may not suggest, that at least some mainstream media outlets are starting to leak out information relating to our galactic families, a process called ‘soft disclosure’.

For those who love research, and spending time going through information, the CREST database may contain a treasure trove of information for one who has the time to find it. The links will appear in the show transcript for this story.

I came across a product that appears to have some potential for the future in terms of dealing with biodegradable wastes and fuel generation while also creating a product that can be used for food growth.

The product is called Home Biogas, and according to the website, it is a “revolutionary backyard appliance that will transform your leftover food-waste into clean energy and organic, liquid fertilizer!”

The company appears to have had great success with its initial appliance, having found customers in Kenya, Argentina, Australia and the US to name a few. Based on that success, the company embarked on a mission to create the ‘next generation’ HomeBiogas appliance.

The following is the audio from a video made to promote the Home BioGas appliance:

According to the website, the Home BioGas 2 appliance will be ready for delivery by May of 2018. The website is advertising the unit at a discounted price of USD520 from the original sale price of USD790.

The unit is obviously better for households where a fairly significant amount of biowaste is produced daily. A single individual, living alone, would not likely produce enough daily waste to generate enough gas to make this appliance worthwhile.

In the show transcript, the links will be available with more information for those who may be interested in this for 2018.

9. ( 57:23 ) NEW WAY TO LOOK AT CANNABIS: OFTEN THOUGHT OF AS A TREATMENT, NOW IT IS BEING EXPLORED AS A SYMPTOM OF DEFICIENCY WITHIN THE BODY.

Finally in health-related news,

Over the last few years, CVN listeners have come to understand that I am a big supporter of the benefits of cannabis for healing, and the benefits of hemp as a way for any community, anywhere in the world, to become more self-sustaining using just this one crop.

Although I have presented numerous stories over the years about the benefits of cannabis as a treatment, it is worth also exploring the underlying root condition that creates the need for cannabis treatments.

An article appearing on the Patients 4 Medical Marijuana website reports the following: “Scientists have begun speculating that the root cause of disease conditions such as migraines and irritable bowel syndrome may be endocannabinoid deficiency.”

As far back as 2011, FOX News reported on this story as well. In this article, Chris Kilham reports that: “if the idea of having a marijuana deficiency sounds laughable to you, a growing body of science points at exactly such a possibility.

Kilham continues: “In August 1990, researchers reported in the journal Nature the discovery of receptors in the brain that specifically accommodate the cannabinoids in pot. Cannabinoids bind to particular neurological sites in the brain, as though the brain was specifically designed to utilize this plant. Did nature toss cannabinoid receptors into the brain by random chance? Are cannabinoid receptors part of an intelligent design for deriving maximum benefit from cannabis? Is cannabis a divine elixir of sacred communion for which we are ideally suited? Actually, a more sober answer seems likely. When there are receptors in the brain for a particular type of compound, that compound is made in the brain. This is true of many important agents that work to transmit brain messages of all types. So a hunt began to find such a compound.

In that vein, in 1992 researchers in Israel isolated the cannabinoid anandamide in the human brain. Unlike THC, anandamide is manufactured in the brain, and is therefore an endogenous cannabinoid. This agent, anandamide, is the compound that attaches to the built-in cannabinoid receptors in our brains. The name anandamide is based on the Sanskrit word ananda, which means bliss. Anandamide is a bliss molecule, enhancing greater well being and emotional satisfaction.

Anandamide also plays a role in proper appetite, feelings of pleasure and well-being, and memory. Interestingly, cannabis also affects these same functions. Cannabis has been used successfully to treat migraine, fibromyalgia, irritable bowel syndrome and glaucoma.

At least one author, medical doctor Ethan Russo, believes in the possibility of endocanabinoid deficiency, and suggests that such a deficiency might actually be a significant cause of the types of health problems listed above. His paper "Clinical Cannabinoid Deficiency," published in Neuroendocrinology Lettersin 2004, delved deeply into the various ways that cannabinoids function in the body, and how a deficiency in cannabinoids can lead to a broad range of diseases. Since the publication of that paper, a number of studies have further confirmed the effectiveness of cannabis for many health disorders.”

It is worth noting that this article was from back in 2011, and it references studies that were done before that year. Therefore, one has to wonder about the criminals who have covered up this information and who created legislation that prevented this medicine from being used by the general population around the world.

Kilham closes wth the following: “The idea of clinical cannabinoid deficiency opens the door to cannabis consumption as an effective medical approach to relief of various types of pain, restoration of appetite in cases in which appetite is compromised, improved visual health in cases of glaucoma, and improved sense of well being among patients suffering from a broad variety of mood disorders. As state and local laws mutate and change in favor of greater tolerance, perhaps cannabis will find it's proper place in the home medicine chest.”

Certainly, there are the benefits as well that come from the consumption of psychedelic mushrooms, or ‘shrooms’ as they are sometimes called.

An article from the PsyPost.org website on Jan 23rd explores some of the benefits. Author Eric Dolan writes that: “Psilocybin, the active compound in magic mushrooms, could make people feel more connected to nature and less likely to endorse authoritarian views, according to new research from the Psychedelic Research Group at Imperial College London.

The new study, published in the journal Psychopharmacology, is the first to provide experimental evidence that psilocybin treatment can lead to lasting changes in these attitudes.

Study authors Taylor Lyons and Robin L. Carhart-Harris write that “our findings tentatively raise the possibility that given in this way, psilocybin may produce sustained changes in outlook and political perspective, here in the direction of increased nature relatedness and decreased authoritarianism.”

The article references two other studies involving psychedelic mushrooms. One study revealed that participants who used psychedelics felt a closer relationship with nature, and began to see there was no separation from nature.

The results of the testing were reported as follows: “The participants who received psilocybin treatment also showed a significant decrease in authoritarian attitudes, which was also sustained at the follow-up. The researchers also observed a reduction of depressive symptoms in these participants.”

Based on that information alone, perhaps the solution to global peace is to get all the world leaders at Davos to sit down and take 5-10grams of mushrooms each, and then begin their discussions.

There is also another avenue for healing that is becoming increasingly more vital to consider.

With all the atmospheric pollutants and chemtrails in our skies, it is getting harder and harder to actually breathe clean air and get an appropriate amount of oxygen to the body.

It has been reported that the Earth’s oxygen levels must be at least 19.5%, otherwise the atmosphere would be considered oxygen deficient. As well, most people having a blood-oxygen level of 94-99 is considered normal and healthy. Below 90 generally means that oxygen from some other source may be necessary to maintain health of the body.

An article on TheBodyWatch.com website reveals the coverup on oxygen. The article writes that: “Back in 1931, a man named Dr. Otto Warburg won the Nobel Prize for work proving cancer is caused by a lack of oxygen in your cells. In fact, he stated in his book, “The Prime Cause and prevention of cancer” that…

“The cause of cancer is no longer a mystery, we know it occurs whenever any cell is denied 60% of its oxygen requirements”

Most people understand the concepts of acidity and alkalinity. Western food has become predominantly acidic, and as such, it is no surprise that westerners are not only becoming more obese, but they are also becoming sicker. Pathogens are anaerobic, meaning they thrive in environments where there is less oxygen and greater sugar and acidic levels.

The article continues: “There is documentation and proof - showing that oxygen therapy works - going all the way back to the late 1800’s. So now you’re probably wondering, if the antidote for cancer is so easy, how come we haven’t heard about it. The answer is simple: You can’t make money out of oxygen therapy.”

It comes back to Big Pharma, and their control on peoples’ health-for-profit.

The article goes into several possible options for getting more oxygen into the body. Some are much more expensive than others, and this is primarily the reason why people avoid oxygen therapy as a healing modality.

The body needs an ideal environment in order to do its true healing and regeneration. Of course, the world we currently live in makes this almost impossible, and therefore this is the very reason why it is important to become as informed as one can, in order to not only ask the questions of our leaders that need to be asked, but also to set an example for those watching or listening, so they can see other people standing up and speaking out on key issues that can no longer be suppressed.

10. ( 1:08:51 ) ANNOUNCEMENT

Just before I get to this week’s FINAL WORDS, there seems to be a lot people who are now realizing that their exposure in Facebook is being limited.

Facebook certainly does appear to be playing games. Even on ZeroHedge this past week, an article had this to say about Facebook: “

In a blog post, the company revealed its plans to start ranking news sources in its feed based on user evaluations of credibility, in what Facebook said will be a step in its effort to fight "false and sensationalist information" which also will push the company even deeper into a role it has long sought to avoid— that of what the WSJ called a "content referee", and which we would define even simpler: the internet's biggest censor.

As the WSJ adds, "the social-media giant will begin testing the effort next week by prioritizing news reports in its news feed from publications that users have rated in Facebook surveys as trustworthy, executives said Friday. The most “broadly trusted” publications—those trusted and recognized by a large cross-section of Facebook users—would get a boost in the news feed, while those that users rate low on trust would be penalized. The change only applies to U.S. users., though Facebook plans to roll it out later internationally."

The transition comes at a time when Facebook also intends to reduce the presence of news in favor of what it calls “meaningful” interactions on the platform.

What it means is this: According to the article: “FaceBook will now only amplify and disseminate content that the majority of its users want to hear, while actively drowning out any minority or variant perceptions, and certainly any sources of content that facebook - and its users - disagree with. And so the echo chamber of passive-aggressive censorship is about to become huge.”

Facebook is claiming that they are not the ones deciding, but rather that they are allowing the community to choose which sources are trustworthy or not.

I have noticed that my exposure to those who follow CVN has been limited as well.

Perhaps this is where you may be able to help me, if you choose to do so.

If you wish to be notified when I publish my CVN updates, then you may need to set my posts as a priority in your newsfeed. Otherwise, you may not see my postings each week.

To do this, you can go to either or both, my personal Facebook profile or to the CVN page. At the top, you should see a box that says ‘following’. If you click on the arrow beside this box, you should see a heading that says ‘In your newsfeed’. Underneath this, you should have the ability to click on ‘see first’. Once this is done, I think you should then receive the show and transcript postings as soon as they are made.

I’m still not sure how much longer I will continue to use Facebook. It is getting harder and harder to keep my faith in Facebook, given its history, its tactics and now given the revelations of how addictive and dangerous social media is becoming.

11. ( 1:12:27 ) FINAL WORDS

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

As we continue to observe the shifts and changes taking place at this time, one may feel inclined to look around and judge another for her or his path, without taking into account the soul-contract or LIFE purpose of that individual. One may think or feel that one is awakened and that another is either ‘asleep’ or perhaps recalcitrant. In this case, ‘recalcitrant’ is defined as being: “a person with an obstinately uncooperative attitude.”

I’m choosing to end this week with a message from Patricia Cota-Robles. As part of her weekly Vlog series, she discusses those among our brothers and sisters who are ‘asleep’ and who are ‘recalcitrant’, and why none of it really matters.

Create a wonderful week, until our next moment of ‘now’! I leave you with Patricia Cota-Robles, shared with her permission, looking at who are our asleep and recalcitrant brothers and sisters.

Donate RIPPLE (XRP) via Kraken: XnDC9mTy6KnvoMHD55tcUwKYmzzH5TaqXe

Have you tried Airbnb yet? If not, perhaps I can offer YOU a gift?

Through the following link, you can receive a CAD53 discount on a stay over CAD100.

1. ( 01:00 ) TSUNAMI COMING: RAPID-FIRE SERIES OF DISTRACTIONS SUGGEST A HUGE WAVE OF SHIFT MAY BE UPON US.

Greetings and blessings to all!

The past week has been quite full of potential distractions, for those willing to look at the alternative perspective to the news.

At least one more plane has been reported as having had to turn around, allegedly due to overflowing lavatories. This has become unusually common, with a number of flights suddenly having to turn around.

We are also hearing reports of so-called meteors lighting up the skies over several cities with one incident in Michigan, and another being reported over Edmonton, Alberta in Canada.

While the media attempted to brand Trump a racist against Haitians, Rand Paul, an eye surgeon before he entered politics, came forward to remind the media that, before both of them entered politics, Donald Trump helped fund Paul’s trip to Haiti, to operate on the eyes of over 200 children.

There are also the so-called ‘mistakes’ that led to emergency warning systems being activated in both Hawaii and Japan.

In an interview with ABC News’ George Stefanopoulos, Hawaii congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard explained how she was able to verify that there was no threat within twelve minutes of the alarm sounding, while it took authorities almost 40 minutes to inform the public. She also shared some surprising thoughts as to why North Korea has its missiles.

At least one source has speculated that real missiles were launched, and that they were stopped by one of several secret space programs. In his article, Dr. Michael Salla of Exopolitics.org offers his arguments for why this might be the case, and he includes this, writing that: “What adds credibility to this alternative scenario are photos of a number of UFO’s seen over Hawaii 31 minutes after the second emergency alert. The photos show UFOs that display an advanced technology that may be craft belonging to a USAF run Secret Space Program that has broken away from Deep State control.”

Salla offers an additional perspective that China launched a missile from one of its own submarines. For any logical thinker, this makes absolutely no sense. China is on the verge of replacing the USD as a global reserve currency. China has nothing to gain and everything to lose in launching a nuclear missile. China and the East are building up a new economic paradigm, and there is no reason to destroy all of that with a world-ending nuclear launch.

It is also highly unlikely that it would be North Korea either, since it is now being reported that North and South Korea will stand together during the upcoming winter Olympics in PyeongChang, Korea. Talks are ongoing between North and South Korea that are giving some a reason for hope for new relations between the two Koreas.

For the majority of listeners, all of these events would suggest that we are being distracted from other events unfolding. What might a few of these possibilities be?

As you will hear a bit later, we have the planned launch sometime this week of the petroyuan, which could pull more countries away from using the USD in global trade.

We have the possibility of a government shutdown looming by tomorrow, January 20th.

Bill Clinton was forced to publicly deny that funds from the Clinton Foundation were used to pay for the wedding of his daughter Chelsea, but then Wikileaks blew this into the open, by releasing an email with proof that Clinton did know that funds were used to pay for her wedding.

Joshua Caplan, writing for TheGatewayPundit.com on Jan 18th adds this: “Judicial Watch president Tom Fitton warned on Tuesday that a “tsunami of information” exposing “Obama/Clinton/Deep State scandals,” will soon be released.

We have the deepening investigation of the Clinton Foundation that may expose many other national governments that gave money to the Clinton Foundation, no doubt done without the informed democratic consent of voters in those countries.

According to an article on the Discerning The Mystery website on Jan 15th; “The Clintons and their minions are in deep, deep trouble. The indictments have begun. According to new posts by Q, “the strings have been cut. Highest levels. The puppet masters have been removed.There are no deals. There is NO escape.”

Those comments by Shipp point to the possibility that one of the biggest reasons for all the distractions is another revelation coming this week. ZeroHedge reported on Jan 18th that: “All hell is breaking loose in Washington D.C. after a four-page memo detailing extensive FISA court abuse was made available to the entire House of Representatives Thursday. The contents of the memo are so explosive, says Journalist Sara Carter, that it could lead to the removal of senior officials in the FBI and the Department of Justice and the end of Robert Mueller's special counsel investigation. … the report reveals extensive abuse of power and highly illegal collusion between the Obama administration, the FBI, the DOJ and the Clinton Campaign against Donald Trump and his team during and after the 2016 presidential election.”

Republican politician Matt Gaetz has been quoted as saying that: “…not only will the release of this memo result in DOJ firing, but "people will go to jail."

As always, any time the mainstream media is focusing excessively on stories that are seemingly less important, the question has to be what they are attempting to distract us from knowing.

2. ( 15:16 ) IN THE NAME OF FREEDOM: GEORGE SOROS RECOMMITS TO ATTACK ON NATIONALISM, ‘FOR THE GREATER GOOD’.

In other geopolitical news;

An article by Seraphim Hanisch on The Duran on Jan 17th suggests that elitist George Soros is recommitting himself to destroying nationalism. According to Hanisch: “George Soros pledged that he would renew his fight against the ideology of nationalism, admitting at the same time that the experiment of the European Union is near breaking down. Reported on January 15th by Breitbart News, the billionaire currency speculator was quoted by the Financial Times as saying:

The article goes into more depth about Soros himself, and how he is a ‘dreadfully practical thinker’, which in this case is not entirely positive.

His mission seems philanthropic but this is also part of the trap. Hanisch writes that: “the idea that the nation-state would be the primary way of governance, rather than a “global community”, is repugnant enough that the 87-year-old put US $18 billion of his own wealth into the Open Society Foundations to further the crusade he thinks is so important.

His Open Society Foundation promotes causes that on the surface often look to be quite compassionate and kind. But in reality, these policy directions promote decay and death. The reason for this is simply because they are based in the theological framework of “secular humanism.”

This is why Soros’ Open Society Foundation seems so irresistible to the Western thinker. Everything about its policy points, from drug-use normalization to acceptance of sexual deviancies to the elimination of nationalism, all seems like the practical next steps in “progress” of human society from a rough, primitive, nationalist, traditionalist, restricted worldview, to one that is “enlightened” and “with the times” and “synchronized to the reality of the human spirit.”

Of course, we are also witnessing the negative consequences of Soros’ attacks on nationalism.

At this time, we are witnessing the internal collapse of Sweden. A ZeroHedge article on Jan 18th reports that : “For the first time since World War II, Sweden is preparing to distribute a civil defense brochure to some 4.7 million households, warning them about the onset of war.

The booklet will serve as a manual of "total defense" in case of a war, and provide details on how to secure basic needs such as water, food, and heating, the FT reported. The manual also covers other threats such as cyber attacks, terrorism, and climate change.

"All of society needs to be prepared for conflict, not just the military. We haven’t been using words such as total defense or high alert for 25-30 years or more. So the knowledge among citizens is very low," said Christina Andersson, head of the project at the Swedish civil contingencies agency.”

The Swedish Prime Minister, Stefan Lofven has admitted that something is very wrong in the country. He was quoted as saying that: “We could "DEPLOY THE ARMY" to tackle gang criminality in Sweden.”

The comment was made in reference to waves of gang-related violence situated in over an estimated 50+ no-go zones in Sweden, where police, fire and ambulance personnel will not go.

So the threat does not appear to be external, such as blaming Russia. Rather the threat is now more of an internal matter, and that the country is on the brink of potential social collapse and civil war. There are people being forced into European countries, funded by organizations such as George Soros’ Open Society Foundation, to destabilize countries, and break down the ‘nationalistic’ thinking. Sweden’s murder rate is going up, and police officers are resigning more and more because of the situation.

One only has to look more recently to Ukraine as another country destroyed by western hegemony and elitist leadership.

According to an article on the Signs of the Times website from Jan 12th, the Oliver Stone documentary made a couple of years ago, is now available in the West. The article writes that: “The Maidan Massacre in early 2014 triggered a bloody uprising that ousted president Viktor Yanukovych, spurred Crimeans to secede and join Russia, and sparked a civil war in Eastern Ukraine.

Russia was portrayed by Western media as the perpetrator, and has been sanctioned and widely condemned as such. But was Russia responsible for what happened?

Ukraine on Fire provides a historical perspective for the deep divisions in the region which led to the 2004 Orange Revolution, the 2014 uprisings, and the violent overthrow of democratically-elected Yanukovych.

Covered by Western media as a 'popular revolution', it was in fact a coup d'état scripted and staged by ultra-nationalist groups and the US State Department.

Executive producer Oliver Stone gained unprecedented access to the inside story through his on-camera interviews with former President Viktor Yanukovych and Minister of Internal Affairs Vitaliy Zakharchenko, who explain how the US Ambassador and factions in Washington actively plotted for regime change. “

In the show transcript, I will include links to two documentaries. One being the documentary by Oliver Stone, and another one describing Ukraine’s fight for freedom in 2015 for those seeking a greater understanding of these events. A third link will offer the Russian translation for Stone’s documentary.

The western business media, its pundits, and others, are trying very hard to play up the so-called strength of the USD.

Is the US economy really as strong as the pundits claim? As I am seeing it, there could be both a ‘yes’ and ‘no’ answer to this question.

If someone is believing that yes, the US economy really is strong, then they are the ones stuck in a rapidly dying financial paradigm, because they see a currency that is backed by nothing, being propped up as a global reserve, while the rest of the world is beginning to shun the USD.

The answer is more realistically ‘no’, because it is becoming increasingly more evident, even if the mainstream media are not saying it, that Russia and China are forcing a new economic paradigm upon the world, and this has exposed the lies, frauds and crimes of the fiat currency system, that western bankers and politicians have used for the last century or so, to pad their pockets and their lifestyles.

We have to keep in mind a few key facts first:

Considering the average lifespan of global reserve currencies historically, the USD has now reached and passed the average lifespan. It is overdue for collapse and replacement.

The USD is a fiat currency that is backed up by nothing.

The US stock markets are believed to be hyper-inflated. It is possible that this is because a formerly secretive part of the Fed Reserve, called the Emergency Stabilization Fund or ESF, uses the phenomenal resources of this fund to allegedly buy up all the US Treasury debt bonds that countries are now beginning to sell, because they no longer see value in the USD. To avoid markets crashing, it is believed that ESF funds buy back the bonds.

Russia and China are actively moving forward in creating a new economic paradigm based on global trade that does not involve the USD, but instead will involve gold-backed currencies, gold trading via the new Shanghai Gold Index, and a strong economic initiative called the Belt and Road Initiative.

A ZeroHedge article reported on Jan 16th that: “In its latest reminder that China is a (for now) happy holder of some $1.2 trillion in US Treasurys, Chinese credit rating agency Dagong downgraded US sovereign ratings from A- to BBB+ overnight, citing "deficiencies in US political ecology" and tax cuts that "directly reduce the federal government's sources of debt repayment" weakening the base of the government's debt repayment.

Oh, and just to make sure the message is heard loud and clear, the ratings, which are now level with those of Peru, Colombia and Turkmenistan on the Beijing-based agency’s scale of creditworthiness, have also been put on a negative outlook.

In a statement on Tuesday, Dagong warned that the United States’ increasing reliance on debt to drive development would erode its solvency. Quoted by Reuters, Dagong made specific reference to President Donald Trump’s tax package, which is estimated to add $1.4 trillion over a decade to the $20 trillion national debt burden.

“Deficiencies in the current U.S. political ecology make it difficult for the efficient administration of the federal government, so the national economic development derails from the right track,” Dagong said adding that "Massive tax cuts directly reduce the federal government’s sources of debt repayment, therefore further weaken the base of government’s debt repayment."

China seems to be sending very visible and very serious messages to those controlling the US economy and generally the western economy. By downgrading the US, just days before launching the PetroYuan, China appears to be betting that this could be the nail puts an end to criminal banking via corrupted financial institutions.

Reading between the lines, the wording suggests that China, along with its partners in the BRICS alliance and throughout Eurasia, is now ready to flip a switch, and begin a transition from the USD-oil-fiat system of banking to a system that includes the Chinese Yuan, and is backed by gold.

Iran is mixed up in this also. As one of the remaining countries without a Rothschild-controlled central bank, one can begin to understand why Iran is being targeted. The US is hinting at putting sanctions back on Iran, thinking that it will do harm to Iran. As the US is discovering however, sanctions that may have worked in the past to pummel a country into economic surrender, no longer work, as Russia is leading the way in demonstrating that US sanctions become a force for action that moves a country away from dependence on the US.

RT reported on Jan 9th how unilateral US sanctions on Iran could simply force Iran to move immediately to oil futures based in Chinese Yuan instead of US dollars.

Could this be a possibility? If you were faced with a choice to allow your out-of-control car to slam into a group of children, or risk going over a cliff – which choice would you make? Most would probably sacrifice themselves for the Higher Good.

Imagine a leader who is fully aware that the world has been too dependent on his country’s criminally corrupted financial system. He sees what is happening in his country, and he is trying to get the other countries out of harm’s way…by pushing them towards the East.

As those countries break away more from the US, the US can begin to allow its currency to be replaced, and the country can begin to make itself great again by breaking away from all the political and economic attachments of other countries.

Being great again, may mean having to be more humble on the global stage.

For those who are following the cryptocurrency markets, there probably were some very nervous people and some very excited people watching the price of Bitcoin drop to almost 50% of its value.

After bottoming out somewhere around the USD9500 mark, it has since begun to rise again. For those waiting for the price to drop, this could be the opportunity to get back in, but there is some news this week that some may want to consider.

An article by Molly Jane Zuckerman for CoinTelegraph.com on Jan 15th reports that: “Jan. 13 marked an important milestone for Bitcoin when 16.8 million bitcoins (BTC), or 80 percent of the entire Bitcoin supply, were mined. This means only 4.2 million bitcoins, or 20 percent, are left to mine until Bitcoin’s 21 million supply cap is reached.

BTC contains the 21 mln cap built into its protocol by Satoshi Nakamoto, first mentioned in their 2008 White Paper, as a way to introduce digital scarcity to cryptocurrency. With such a cap in place, the more bitcoins are mined, the more scarcity is produced on the market.

Scarcity arguably creates demand, which in turns makes the coins more valuable. Once 21 million bitcoins have been mined, it will become even harder to obtain them, also potentially making each coin more valuable.”

What this is going to mean in the not-so-distant future is not quite clear.

As we have learned from the global cabal bankers each time they increase the money supply through their practice of legalized counterfeiting called ‘Quantitative Easing’, the value of a currency is depreciated each time that happens. We also know from some companies that have done what is called a ‘stock split’, where more shares are created.

It is unclear whether or not either option could be in the cards for Bitcoin in the future, or whether or not these solutions could work for Bitcoin, they way it works in the fiat currency world.

Another article by Zuckerman on the 18th reports that: “Co-founder and Fundstat strategist Tom Lee predicted that Bitcoin (BTC) will hit $25,000 by the end of this year in an interview with CNBC today, Jan. 18. Lee had previously forecasted that BTC would only reach this mark by 2022.

I feel that it is also important to keep in mind that the cryptocurrency game may also be a trap, to get more people attached to the digital money world, so that people can no longer use cash.

According to an article by a guest author on CoinTelegraph on the 18th, he or she reports that: “The common question you hear from any doubter of digital currencies and their future in our world is “what is the use case?” Often, people look at Bitcoin and see its shortcomings as a medium of transfer, and use that as their justification for being short digital currencies. Spending Bitcoin or any other digital currency is not currently all that easy. It takes time to convert back into fiat currency, and there is often a large fee.

A Singapore-based company Paycent aims to make it easier for buyers and sellers to use their digital currency. Right now they are in the process of releasing the integrated debit card which gives customers the capability to unlock their funds instantly.”

The article continues: “The overall goal of the company is to make it possible for mobile and cashless payments to be accepted anywhere. Blockchain is the underlying technology that enables this advancement, and the team has worked hard to bridge the gap between fiat and digital currencies.

The new Paycent integrated debit card is the key to bringing digital currencies into our day-to-day life. It has no yearly maintenance fees if the card is active and in use. You don’t need to hold a PYN token to get it. A user will pay only one time fees for card activation and delivery with any digital currency.”

The article tries to create the advantages of this type of program, and there are some advantages, for sure. Having quick access to one’s coins is key. The article does note that: “Paycents end goal is to help users worldwide enter the cashless world. The true potential of a company like this comes from the fact it can create an infrastructure that users who have never had access to banks will be able to engage with.

Another story points out that the next part of this currency evolution is happening and this is the formation of cryptocurrency lending institutions.

A CoinTelegraph article on Jan 18th that: “Peer to peer fintech startup, CoinLoan, recently rolled out the first version of their revolutionary peer-to-peer lending platform. Investors were thrilled with the results (try it for yourself here, and are eagerly awaiting the end of the ICO and listing on exchanges soon after.

CoinLoan has also recently enabled direct fiat investment in their ICO. The main benefits for investors are that they avoid the volatility of using crypto, and they no longer need to use exchanges to buy crypto to invest. This unique option enables investments of $5,000 or more in USD or EUR in exchange for CLT tokens.

CoinLoan solves a very real challenge facing crypto owners. Currently, if a crypto investor has a large holding in Bitcoin and needs fiat currency, there is no simple option for them to borrow against these assets. CoinLoan has created a system of secured peer-to-peer lending, where borrowers deposit various crypto assets for a loan in their preferred fiat currency. If the borrower doesn’t repay according to the terms agreed by both parties CoinLoan liquidates the pledged crypto asset to ensure the terms are fulfilled, returning the remaining funds to the lender.

There are significant advantages for both borrowers and lenders by entering into this type of arrangement. Lenders get a low-risk way of earning interest on their capital and significantly reducing cryptocurrency volatility risk. Meanwhile, borrowers get to leverage their crypto assets without liquidating and staying leveraged for future gains, while also giving them a range of options for future tax payments. Using this method, there are no additional exchange commissions to buy cryptocurrency, and funds are very easily transferred to and from a traditional bank account or credit card.”

Being mindful of all this, may help to keep people grounded who choose to purchase Bitcoins. Use the game for whatever you can get out of it, and then bring your money back. Avoid becoming too greedy, otherwise one might get burned. Of course, never put more money in, than one can reasonably afford to lose.

Mark Dice has written a book, ‘The True Story of Fake News: How Mainstream Media Manipulates Millions’ and is available through Amazon for those interested in reading this book.

6. ( 40:45 ) ONLY IN CANADA, EH? : TEACHNG NORTHERN PEOPLE HOW TO SURVIVE AND THRIVE IN MORE SUSTAINABLE WAYS.

Over to some technology news, although this technology is perhaps more ‘natural’ compared to other more futuristic technologies.

Considering the future has to, by its very nature, consider the planet upon which we live and that sustains us. Any future not including the planet really is no future at all.

Humans are going to need to learn how to live in a different way, and to perhaps also make use of land that has previously not been occupied because it is considered more ‘hostile’ to some humans.

In the north of Canada, people are taking it upon themselves to learn how to grow food, because many of the traditional sources of food have been reduced to dangerous levels, and it is too expensive to fly unhealthy, western-produced foods up to the northern communities.

An article by Kristine Lofgren on the Inhabitat website on Jan 15th writes that: “Tucked inside the lush boreal forest in Canada’s Northwest Territories, you’ll find something unexpected. There, cheek to jowl with the ever-encroaching trees sits a thriving farm with snuffling pigs, lush fruit trees, and acres of vegetables, all in an environment that is anything but hospitable to agriculture. But creating a flourishing, regenerative landscape perfect for establishing local food security is exactly what the Northern Farm Training Institute is all about. Their goal is to help people form their own holistic growing environments to support healthy, food-secure communities – even if they happen to be located above the 60th parallel.

According to Lofgren: “The Northern Farm Training Institute (NFTI) was founded in 2013 as a way to train people in isolated communities how to grow their own food and to restore northern environment-based food systems. Since then, the farm has taught 147 people from over 30 communities – half of those from First Nations/Metis/Inuvialuit communities – to create their own farms.

NFTI grew as Jackie Milke, a local Hay River Metis woman, recognized the need to alleviate food insecurity in local communities. She quickly realized that there was a large demand for this type of learning, and the 260-acre farm has since hosted 30 intensive workshops in what they call a “living classroom.”

The farm consists of outdoor gardens, a hoop greenhouse, and a geodesic dome greenhouse. On the farm live herds of sheep, cattle, pigs, goats, and chickens, with an animal barn, industrial kitchen and farm store. There are also 10 small yurts that act as student housing, and one large yurt for classroom learning. All of this is surrounded by the nearby Hay River, fields, forests and ponds.”

The NFTI is completely organic, focusing on holistic and regenerative practices that contribute to longer-term health of both land and wildlife. Practices used support biodiversity and soil health as well. Produce being thrown out by local grocery stores is used to feed the pigs.

Just because it is a northern climate does not mean that they are not busy in the winter. The article writes that: “In the fall, they teach wool washing, felting and dying. Pigs are used to help clear land for farming, and sheep help weed and fertilize pasture areas. They also work with animals that are more comfortable in colder climates, like Iceland Sheep and yaks, rather than the Rambouillet sheep and Angus cattle so familiar in the US.

During the winter, with just six daylight hours, aurora borealis overhead and a sunset at 3:45 pm, the Northern Farm Training Institute doesn’t sit back and take January off. They grow seedlings inside their greenhouses, using snow to water the plants. The sunlight bouncing off the snow outside creates an ideal lighting effect for the growing plants. And the farm collects and uses discarded shredded paper from local communities to keep the animals warm. They also teach cheesemaking classes and food storage classes.”

According to the website for the NFTI: “The Northern Farm Training Institute (NFTI) is a non-profit society created by local Métis and northern farming expert, Jackie Milne, in 2013. We operate on a 260-acre campus in Hay River, Northwest Territories. We provide immersive farm training to people committed to improving local food systems.

Our vision is to be a holistic farm and educational centre to genuinely empower people to transform their lives. We will support a vibrant regenerative landscape while building productive local farms and thriving, healthy communities.

NFTI is dedicated to helping promote and teach various new methodologies for sustainable and regenerative agriculture that are being practiced around the world.

We teach a unique application of these food production systems that are tailored to Northern small-scaled, highly productive farming that are part of a new trend in job creation and self employed careers. This includes biointensive vegetable gardening, greenhouse systems, permaculture, food storage & value-adding techniques and holistic planned grazing with livestock.”

It’s not a lifestyle that is for everyone, but those who are truly into nature, and ready to escape the rat race of what is happening around the world at this time, there are practices in place to help people not only survive but thrive in a northern climate.

In the show transcript, along with the links for this story, I’ll also include a link to a story about hydroponic farming and six places where soil-less farming is revolutionizing how we grow food.

Like some of you perhaps, I had read an article somewhere that within certain fruit seeds there is cyanide, and that we are warned to never eat the seeds.

For sometime, I was concerned about this, but thought kept coming back to me that nature would not create something to be consumed if there was a significant danger in it.

IF there was cyanide present, I really wanted to believe that there would be a reason and purpose for it, and that it would not represent the danger that some were claiming.

An article I have come across this week puts my mind more at ease, and feels accurate to me, at least at this time.

The article, by Paul Fassa, and posted on The Organic Wellness website writes that: “All you have to do is Google cyanide alongside any of the foods mentioned above and you’ll get a plethora of articles that all support the cyanide dangers from those seeds and nuts.

Some say that your body quickly detoxes the compounds containing cyanide. Others say that you will get free cyanide when your body metabolizes those compounds. Most concede that it would take a heck of a lot of pits, seeds, or bitter almonds to poison you.

But as the saying goes, “a little knowledge is a dangerous thing.” In this case the fear of fruit seeds and bitter almonds and other nuts is based on incomplete data. The compound containing cyanide is amygdalin.

Fassa refers to an article appearing on the Sydney Morning Herald in Australia from 2010 where a man cured himself of cancer by taking apricot seeds. He writes: “They didn’t die from cyanide poisoning. They were cured without negative side effects. This wasn’t accomplished by consuming a couple every week, but dozens daily for months.”

Fassa explains why they were not poisoned. He states that: “amygdalin compound has four molecules. Two are glucose molecules. The other two are cyanide and benzaldyhide. The last two are scarycompounds, except for a couple of unusual metabolic activities: they are released by and into cancer cells only. Otherwise, they remain in the amygdalin compound and are passed through. It’s a very clever arrangement. The cancer cells depend on fermenting sugar (glucose) for their energy instead of oxygen.

So the cancer cells attract the amygdalin compounds for their glucose, but are whacked when they metabolize those compounds that free the benzalldyhide and cyanide. The glucose is the sugar bait. Cancer cells contain an enzyme that is not found in healthy cells, beta-glucosidase.

The beta-glucosidase enzyme “unlocks” the amygdalin compound, releasing the deadly toxins within the cancer cell. Only cancer cells metabolize amygdalin. Healthy normal cells don’t. Most non-cancerous cells contain another enzyme, rhodanese. Free cyanide molecules are bound to sulfur molecules by rhodanese, creating harmless cyanates that are eliminated in the urine.

This is the little bit of knowledge that those “scary” articles reference when they say a little bit of cyanide is easily detoxed by your body. But the complete function of amygdalin is hidden because the fact that laetrile or B17, a concentrated extract from apricot amydgalins, can cure cancer is taboo.

The article offers a bit of history of Laetrile or what we commonly know as vitamin B17. The article writes that B17 : “was developed by San Francisco researcher Dr. Ernst Krebb in 1952 by liquefying and purifying amygdalin from apricot seeds so it could be injected into cancer patients. Dr. Krebb injected himself to assure laetrile’s safety, and Dr. John Richardson proved its efficacy by curing several cancer patients in San Francisco with laetrile.

In 1971, laetrile was banned. Dr. Richardson called on investigative journalist G. Edward Griffin to publicize the merits of laetrile or B17 derived from apricot seeds. Griffin discovered that the Sloane-Kettering Institute’s laetrile trials leading to the FDA ban were bogus.

Sloane-Kettering spokesperson Dr. Ralph Moss refused to lie about laetrile and left Sloane-Kettering in disgust. He slipped Griffin unpublicized papers scientifically proving laetrile actually worked. This led to Griffin’s book A World Without Cancer, where you can read much more about the amygdalin cancer curing story.”

The results showed that unvaccinated children and people had lower incidents of those conditions just stated.

From the same webpage, here are a few quotes from people who have completed the survey:

One person wrote: "I am 27 years old and am completely unvaccinated. I am very healthy and only get a cold maybe once every year or two."

Another wrote that: ““I am one of 10 children from the same mother and father. None of us were vaccinated. Our ages are 38-59. We were all allowed to have childhood diseases to boost our immune systems. Most of our children were not vaccinated either. Most of all, none of the non-vaccinated children in our family have major illness.”

A third shares that: "My first child has the most vaccines. The second has some. The last had none. The overall healthiest with the least problems is the one who got no vaccines. I have my masters degree in Nursing. I read all sorts of stuff cause I really wanted to believe vaccines are safe and ok but they are not. So my intensive research swayed me the other way."

Finally, there is this testimony: “"J. is our eighth child and the first to remain almost completely undamaged by the medical system. We did not even allow any newborn testing (such as PKU, etc...), nor did we allow a hearing screening, or vitamin k, or even the antibiotics in the eyes. He did not leave our sight in the hospital, because we did not trust the nurses to respect our desire to protect him from testing, vaccines, etc.... In fact, we would have avoided the hospital altogether if I did not have to deliver by c-section. J. is more alert and healthier than any of our other children. He is almost two and has not needed medical care yet. He is rarely sick, and has never had an ear infection.”

According to the webpage, this is an ongoing survey. There are links on the page to two different surveys. One survey is for individuals who are not vaccinated, or whose children have not been vaccinated.

The other survey is for individuals who have been vaccinated or whose children have been vaccinated. If you would like to share or report on what vaccinations have or have not done for you, these links will appear in the show transcript as well for this story.

The individual who posted this information, wrote: “Finally we have definitive, undeniable proof that the pharmaceutical propaganda of "vaccines are safe", that we've had to listen to spewing forth from the mouths of doctors and journalists and politicians for decades, is categorically and unequivocally false.

Finally, we have something that can bring anti-vaccine and pro-vaccine people together, united against our common enemy. The real clear and present danger to our children – the pharmaceutical industry.”

The article closes with a quote from Marcia Angell, a former editor of The New England Journal of Medicine and author of the book, ‘The Truth About the Drug Companies: How They Deceive Us and What To Do About It’. According to Angell: “ ...Similar conflicts of interest and biases exist in virtually every field of medicine, particularly those that rely heavily on drugs or devices. It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine."

As more informed people begin presenting information like this to their physicians, perhaps they will finally start getting the message that their failure in compromising their Hippocratic oath to the pressures of Big Pharma will no longer be tolerated.

9. ( 58:22 ) FINAL WORDS : GREGG PRESCOTT, IN5D.COM

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

I’m choosing to hand things over this week to Gregg Prescott from the In5D.com news website.

Like so many of us, Gregg has felt the challenges of trying to make a living while serving humanity and the planet. Also, like so many of us, he continues on, and I’d like to try to help him a bit, by giving him an opportunity to share on this newscast.

Gregg makes references to a few items, and those links will be in the show transcript with more information, as well as ways to follow Gregg’s and In5D’s postings.

Create a fantastic week, until our next moment of ‘now’… here is Gregg Prescott:

{AUDIO ONLY…NO TRANSCRIPT AT THIS TIME… GO TO 59:02 MARK OF THE NEWSCAST TO LISTEN SPECIFICALLY TO THIS}

www.airbnb.ca/c/geoffreyw779

Last week, the media was ALL over the alleged feud between Trump and Steve Bannon.

Even though we may not still see the final result of this little charade until sometime later, the media has moved on to its next ‘flavour of the week’, and this is the alleged comments by Trump that some countries are ‘s***holes’.

A LOT of attention is being focused on incidents and language that promote further fear and separation.

The US media is desperately trying to get some kind of charge to stick to President Trump. It may seem he is starting to get TOO close to completing his draining of the swamp.

Upon coming out from a closed meeting at the White House where no recording devices were allowed. One or two sources so far have alleged President Trump as making a specific, derogatory remark about people coming from Haiti, El Salvador and African countries in particular.

CNN and other mainstream media have gone into meltdown, airing the alleged quote consistently with the profanity, even though there is no direct recording of the quote as having been made. This strikes me as particularly odd about journalism ethics, as it applies to this story.

I observe that these are countries that have been specifically targeted and destroyed by western interests in the past, so if the media were to start reporting on these countries, trying to dig up more dirt on Trump, what they may find more likely is the involvement of the Clinton Foundation and the Clinton State Department as having committed untold crimes in those countries that have, until now, been covered up.

The irony however…is that, according to an article published on RT, there were at least seven times when critics of Trump basically described Russia in a similar way to Trump, and even worse, without using those exact words. The media and no one else cared about this, however

Republican Senator John McCain, referring to Russia is quoted as saying: “Russia is a gas station masquerading as a country."

TV host Keith Olbermann, referring to hockey player Alex Ovechkin endorsing Putin for president, said: “Maybe Ovechkin should be thrown out of this league and forced to go back and skate with Putin in that hellhole.”

Republican senator Lindsey Graham in 2009 and 2014: “A “one-man dictatorship” (2009) with “an economy the size of Italy” that is “playing a poker game with a pair of 2s” (2014).

Tim Wise, prominent anti-racism activist in a tweet from 2016: “With each new day I know why part of my family left that s***hole of imperial Russia. 100 years after last revolution let’s hope 4 another1,”.

Barack Obama in comments to The Economist in 2014: “Russia doesn’t make anything. Immigrants aren’t rushing to Moscow in search of opportunity. The life expectancy of the Russian male is around 60 years old. The population is shrinking.”

Josh Marshall, Talking Poiins Memo political blog founder in 2016: “Xenophobic paranoia and a gravitation towards autocracy are embedded into the cultural DNA” of Russians.”

Josh Barro, Business Insider Senior Editor and MSNBC contributor: “A dystopic s***hole since the dawn of history,” adding in another later deleted tweet – “It’s amazing how much national pride Russians have, given how little they have to be proud of.”

What better way to troll the media into digging more deeply into these countries, and what has happened there, than by making a very specific remark that may not even have been said. Perhaps the idea and the plan was to have someone leak the alleged comment, only to have it disproven later, after all truth comes out about why certain countries are in such a sad state of affairs. It will all very likely come back to the Clinton Foundation.

It seems that the media may have taken the bait once again. In an update to this story on Jan 12th, the media are apparently shamed once again as Tom Cotton reveals what really happened in the meeting with Trump. An article on the SubjectPolitics website lists numerous people who criticized Trump’s alleged comments. At the same time however, Senators Tom Cotton and David Purdue were in the room and according to this article, delivered a statement as follows: “ President Trump brought everyone to the table this week and listened to both sides. But regrettably, it seems that not everyone is committed to negotiating in good faith. In regard to Senator Durbin’s accusation, we do not recall the president saying these comments specifically but what he did call out was the imbalance in our current immigration system, which does not protect American workers and our national interest. We, along with the president are committed to solving an issue many in Congress have failed to deliver on for decades.”

So the ‘racist’ card is being played against Trump, with one apparent agenda. The agenda is ignored when comments are made against Russia, and yet, the same card is being played in Europe while also getting media attention.

An article by Christine Douglass-Williams, appearing on the JihadWatch.org website reported on Jan 11th that: “Guy Verhofstadt, the President of the European Parliament, is accusing Poland and Hungary of being “illiberal” and working contrary to traditional values. He stated:

The European Union… was built to guarantee our citizens’ freedom, democracy and the rule of law.

All true, but Poland and Hungary are trying to preserve these values. It is the EU that has been bullying these noble countries into surrendering these values to Islamic supremacists. With that surrender comes chaos. Ever since Europe abandoned its reasoned practices of carefully restricted immigration in favor of suicidal open immigration policies, it has dealt with burgeoning crime, jihad attacks, infiltration by the Islamic State, returning Islamic State fighters, diminished freedom of speech, sharia courts in the UK, unstable economies, increasingly aggressive anti-Semitism, sharia patrols, no-go zones, and cultural practices unbefitting to democratic states.

Guy Verhofstadt is a confused man. He refers to Poland and Hungary’s “nationalist values” as “racist” for trying to protect traditions of “freedom, democracy and the rule of law.” He and others like him are disconcertingly reminiscent of Joseph Goebbels, the Nazi Minister of Propaganda. Goebbels worked from the dictum that if you keep telling a lie “big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it.”

Verhofstadt has been outspoken in stating that right-wing Hungary and Poland must accept liberal values or leave the bloc. He was quoted in another article by Liam Deacon of Breitbart as saying: “There is no place in our Union for countries who take EU money, who want to participate in the single market but who reject our shared values. We should be wary of narratives based on the defence of so-called ‘national values’, which are used to mask racist hate campaigns fuelling anxiety against migrants and refugees.”

The game appears to be quickly approaching some kind of climax, given the rate of different stories coming out at this time, with the reports of the emergency alert system in Hawaii on Jan 13th.

For about 30 minutes, the island was described by Global News in Canada as being ‘more confused than chaotic’. After the 30 minutes, a follow-up message was sent out over the network that it was a ‘false alarm’, and that there was no threat.

Possibly ironic that Hawaii would be used as the false flag point once again for a global conflict.

The message that appeared on screens and mobiles across the state specifically identified a ballistic missile coming from North Korea as being the source, so this lends credibility to the argument that there was a plan in place to create a false-flag attack on Hawaii, as justification for a conflict with North Korea. The early-warning sirens however did not go off.

Perhaps there are two possibilities at least here. Maybe the good military launched a dud missile, to activate the alarm system, and get the media attention focused on this event.

Another source, who posts on social media pages about the alleged global currency reset, made a claim that his or her sources reported the following:

“Yesterday, Jan. 12, an anomaly was detected off the coast of Hawaii which held off the RV release.

Today, Jan. 13, the cabal attempted to nuke the Hawaiian islands and put the blame on North Korea.

(Sources have confirmed that the false alarm today in Hawaii was a cover story. The attack was real. The media had their "North Korea Attacks the Hawaiian Islands" story preemptively ready. The cabal panicked when the attack failed. A cover story was shortly made up and the attack was branded as a false alarm. The Emergency Broadcast System does not lie. Someone pressing the "wrong button" simply does not happen. This was another cabal attempt to derail the transition process by fabricating a war.)

Missile launches were detected in the Pacific Ocean off the coast of Hawaii.

The launches originated from the same anomaly detected yesterday, Jan. 12.

The missiles were immediately intercepted and destroyed.

The anomaly was a nuclear stealth submarine.

The nuclear stealth submarine was located and destroyed shortly after the attempted attack.

Planetary scans did not detect any anomalies two days ago on the 11th.

The Alliance believes the submarine originated from another D.U.M.B. located somewhere in the Pacific.

I emphasize that this information and the source, have not been validated, even though there is logic to the information that was shared.

Perhaps the media will be forced to acknowledge that it was a rogue submarine, and this revelation will blow more truth onto the global stage.

Numerous very high-level military sources connected to The Disclosure Project, set up by Dr. Steven Greer, have spoken of ET interference when it comes to nuclear missiles. It is conceivably possible that there was ET interference in this case, to prevent nuclear missiles from being used.

2. ( 12:37 ) BLACK HOLE: IF CLINTON FOUNDATION GOES DOWN, WILL IT TAKE WESTERN GOVERNMENTS AS WELL?

In other geopolitical news,

It may be safe to say that there are some governments around the world that may be starting to feel a bit more nervous, now that a formal probe has been launched into the actions of the Clinton Foundation.

On the 5th and the 6th of January, it has been reported that both the US Justice Dept and the FBI have been involved in probes relating to the Clinton Foundation offering political favours, in exchange for donations to the foundation.

On Jan 12 a source known as Magapill reported on some of the sealed indictments being opened, moreso in connection with Uranium One, which is the link between the Clintons, their foundation and Russia – not the alleged collusion between President Trump and Russia.

According to this article: “An executive of a Maryland based transportation company allegedly paid bribes to officials from Russia which enabled him to obtain highly sensitive nuclear fuel transportation contracts.

Some people think that the sealed indictments are a coordinated effort to bring down an 'elite pedophile ring' that involves many across the Government, Hollywood and the Mainstream Media.

The indictments that were unsealed today however, have to do with 'Uranium One'.

The same Uranium One that Hillary Clinton just 'happened to receive several millions of dollars' into the Clinton Foundation while she oversaw the deal being approved.”

Ekaterna Blinova, writing for Sputnik News on Jan 11th, reports how the net closing in on the Clinton’s could be making many western governments very nervous.

Blinova writes that: “A new FBI probe into the Clinton Foundation should send an alarming signal to foreign governments and individuals who have provided donations to the charity over the past two decades, Wall Street analyst and investigative journalist Charles Ortel told Sputnik.

"Numerous governments have sent substantial sums towards the Clinton Foundation; yet to date, the Clinton Foundation refuses to account publicly, as is required, for specifics concerning each government donation (state laws in New York and California require this for example).:

As to why foreign governments turn a blind eye to the alleged fraud committed by the Clinton Foundation, Ortel was also quoted as having said that: “The numerous foreign governments that seem to be associated with Clinton 'charities' have behaved deplorably," Ortel told Sputnik in August 2017, suggesting that they apparently realized that a thorough investigation into the matter could result in "acute embarrassment and even legal exposures for individuals and [foreign governments] involved."

Some of the countries that may be exposed in this probe include: France, UK, Norway, Spain, South Korea, Australia, Ireland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden and Canada. Even the Bill Gates foundation has sent more than 600 million to the part of the Clinton Foundation that allegedly deals with fighting AIDS.

However, coming up on January 15th, an article on ZeroHedge is reporting that: “On January 15, the DOJ's internal watchdog - the Office of the Inspector General (OIG), is expected to present their findings to Congressional investigators regarding a wide variety of alleged bias and malfeasance by the FBI, the Clinton campaign, and the Obama Administration - both during and after the 2016 election. Moreover, the man heading up the OIG investigation, Michael Horowitz, fought the Obama Administration to regain investigative powers which were restricted by former Attorney General Eric Holder during the Fast and Furious scandal.

…this highly anticipated report is likely to be the legal impetus behind a second Special Counsel “

According to the article, here are few things being done, while the mainstream media is focused on Bannon, on racism by Trump and North Korea:

“The DOJ is "taking a fresh look" into the Hillary Clinton email 'matter'

Former FBI Director James Comey's full Clinton memo was released, revealing felony evidence of changes which "decriminalized" Hillary Clinton's behavior. Oh, and every one of the memos he leaked to his Cornell professor buddy was classified, per a sworn statement by the FBI's "chief FOIA officer" in a sworn declaration obtained by Judicial Watch.

Opposition research firm Fusion GPS was forced to hand over banking records detailing various clients and their intermediary law firms, including the Clinton Campaign and a Russian money launderer whose lawyer was none other than Natalia Veselnitskaya of Trump Tower meeting fame.”

Is it starting to get a bit too hot in the kitchen now? According to TheWeek.com, a grand total so far of 31 House Republicans are not planning to seek re-election in November. The average is usually around 22.

Rumours have been circulating that Julian Assange may have been extracted from the Ecuadorian embassy in London, although this has not been fully confirmed.

One source, Sorcha Faal has posted an article outlining the timeline of recent events that appear to be linked to what is happening with Assange. I am aware that many do not trust this source, Sorcha Faal, and I am as well keeping my discernment where this information is concerned.

The timeline of info however, presents at least one somewhat convincing argument for why certain things have happened recently, and how they may be linked. What is also hinted at here is what I have personally believed – that Trump and Putin are working together on some level to take down the worldwide global cabal.

Recently, Trump cancelled plans to visit London, and this article speculates on one of the reasons why Trump may have gone there. The article writes that: “ President Trump didn’t fear London, as he knew that his Official State Car (US presidential limousine) is covered under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations—whose diplomatic immunity includes not only embassies, but, also, diplomatic vehicles, houses and offices—thus meaning that a US Official State Car could enter into the Ecuador Embassy compound in London (sovereign territory) , take as a passenger Assange (diplomatically immune), then transfer him to the sovereign US territory of Air Force One (step from car to aircraft stairs)—all of which would entail Assange never having to step a foot upon UK or EU soil. [Note: This high-level transfer tactic was perfected by the US and Soviet Union during the Cold War for spies discovered in a host country in order to prevent their prosecution (i.e. publicity).]

If the contents of this report are accurate, it paints an intriguing picture of what is potentially to come in terms of more truth being revealed.

In a separate, but related story, Chelsea Manning, the former US soldier who leaked the original files to Assange and who was released from prison for that so-called crime, has announced that she is planning to seek a Democratic senate seat in her home state of Maryland in the November elections this year. Perhaps Manning is hoping to become a force…and a face for change within this party, once all the swamp creatures have been drained.

4. ( 27:20 ) ARMY AUDIT: HINT OF THINGS TO COME AS AUDITORS HAVE ALREADY IDENTIFIED MASS AMOUNTS OF MISSING FUNDS AND MORE.

In a bit of financial news,

Reports are already beginning to come out regarding the audit of the US Department of Defence that was recently started.

According to a ZeroHedge article on Jan 11th: “On Wednesday, the Defense Department Comptroller David Norquist told lawmakers in Washington that the DoD’s first-ever department wide audit will cost about $367 million in 2018 and an additional $551 million to fix the problems.

Norquist, who testified before the House Armed Services Committee, said Defense Secretary James N. Mattis and Deputy Defense Secretary Patrick M. Shanahan are in full support of the audit. Back in May 2017, President Trump appointed Norquist to finally put the military’s financial house back in order after many years of delays.

What is surprising, if only in retrospect, is that according to the World Economic Forum, U.S. Department of Defense has been named the largest employer in the world with some 3.2 million members on its payroll and $2.4 trillion in assets but has never administered a full audit. .

"This is the first time the department will undergo a full financial statement audit,"he said. "A financial statement audit is comprehensive and occurs annually and it covers more than financial management," Norquist explained to Lawmakers.

The purpose of the audit will document military equipment and real property along with condition and location. “It tests the vulnerability of our security systems and it validates the accuracy of personnel records and actions,” Norquist said.

Norquist did offer a preview of what is to come. The article writes that: “an initial Army audit found 39 UH-60 Black Hawk helicopter ($830,700,000) were not adequately recorded in the property system. "The Air Force identified 478 structures and buildings at 12 installations that were not in its real property system,” he added. In other words these helicopters were simply "missing" on the books.”

As well: “in a recent report, the U.S. military lost some 44,000 troops across the globe in a country location labeled as “Unknown.”

Going even deeper into the rabbit hole, Mark Skidmore, a Professor of Economics at MSU specializing in public finance, found the Department of Defense and Housing & Urban Development may have spent as much as $21 trillion on mysterious items between 1998 and 2015.

“This is incomplete, but we have found $21 trillion in adjustments over that period. The biggest chunk is for the Army. We were able to find 13 of the 17 years and we found about $11.5 trillion just for the Army,” Skidmore said.”

In just this little preview a hint has already been made about spending on the secret space programs, and the missing troops may be part of such a purpose.

Whether or not such information would be made public, remains to be seen, but there appears to be at least now a formal acknowledgement that very significant spending was made on things that have not been acknowledged to the public.

5. ( 31:03 ) HYPE OVER HAITI: MEDIA SENSES TRUMP BLOOD; BUT THE JOKE MAY BE ON THEM – AGAIN.

In general news;

Have you noticed how the ‘Russian dossier’ and the so-called ‘Russian collusion’ stories have now fallen so far into the background, they are hardly mentioned?

Have you noticed how quickly the hype over Bannon’s book has gone down – to be replaced by the alleged comments made by President Trump that some countries are ‘s***holes’. The media is trying to brand Trump as a ‘racist’ and they are jumping all over any piece of information they can, to support the narrative they have been told to support.

I am not saying that Trump did or did not make the comments he was alleged to have made. Here is what I am observing however: 1. To my knowledge, there is no audio recording of him using those exact words, because no recording devices were present.

2. Even IF he did use these words, what might this reveal? Could it have been yet another trap, to see who would report this alleged comment to the media? Maybe that was one reason for making such a polarizing comment. He has done it before, and survived. Haiti was one country that was specifically highlighted in the wake of the alleged comments. Let’s explore this angle a bit for just a moment.

The big Haiti earthquake in 2010, killed at least 100,000 and arguably many more.

Even the Red Cross has been accused of stealing money. An NPR article from June 3rd of 2015 reports the American Red Cross as losing almost USD500 million. The people of Haiti never received it, it seems.

The Canadian government at that time, led by former PM Stephen Harper set aside at least CAD5 million, for the Red Cross to set up a hospital. Another hospital? Yet no hospital appears to have been built. Canada probably made a ‘donation’ to the Clinton Foundation.

The only problem here is that the country never recovered, and all the money seems to have disappeared. So it would seem a lot of people were paid off to presumably secure a lucrative gold deal. That fact becomes more meaningful when one considers how Russia and China especially have been significantly increasing their gold reserves in preparation for what soon appears to be the launch of the gold-backed petro Yuan.

Was Clinton also trying to get a hold of Haiti oil that was reported to be present? Was Clinton perhaps also having children declared dead and then shipped away for human trafficking? Could arguments be made for these cases?

Suddenly this week, we’ve got Trump, Bannon and Haiti in the news. Here is some possibly relevant information from an article in Slate Magazine by Jonathan Katz on Sept 22, 2016. He writes how the Clintons did not screw up Haiti alone – you helped, referring to those who are reading his article.

Katz writes: “Here is an island country of 10 million people where America’s ultimate power couple invested considerable time and reputation. Here is a fragile state where each took turns implementing destructive policies whose highlights include overthrowing a presidential election. Bill Clinton in particular mixed personal relationships, business, and unaccountable power in ways that, if never exactly criminal, arouse the kind of suspicion that erodes public trust. No two individuals, including Haiti’s own leaders, enjoyed more power and influence than the Clintons in the morass of the failed reconstruction following the deadly Jan. 12, 2010, earthquake, when a troubled country managed to go from catastrophe to worse.”

Suddenly, people from Haiti are being interviewed, in the media’s attempt to portray Trump as a ‘racist’.

The media is suddenly starting to take an interest in Haiti again. Why? Because Trump allegedly made a certain statement. Why this could be good news for Trump is that if the media does its job properly… and this is why the Russian dossier has died – the media is going to be forced either to report everything that really happened in happened, including the ties to Clinton, and to gold, possibly to oil and maybe more.

The media would likely not have been interested in the story, because they are more interested in taking down Trump. So, Trump gives them a reason to start investigating him again, and this time the trail may take the media to Haiti.

I could be wrong, but it seems that every time he makes a certain statement about something or some group of people, he is hooking the media into moving in a direction thinking they can bury Trump, but end up discovering the truth, or they realize that they were led there intentionally, to reveal the connections with the Clintons and more.

When dealing with this entity called the ‘global cabal’… I’ll say it again, one cannot just simply make an assumption about the administration or about Turmp himself.

I personally do not like the strategy, because I hate that peoples’ feelings get hurt in the process. However, I also understand that those choosing to feel hurt, are dealing with at least some issues in their own personal world on one or more levels. I also understand that peoples’ feelings may need to be temporarily hurt, in order to achieve a more meaningful goal when it comes to taking down this group of people that have been enslaving humanity and destroying our planet.

With Haiti in the news…. follow the money… this too is a trail that leads to even more evidence that will bury the Clinton dynasty.

Now, whether or not Trump did or did not make the particular comment, or whether or not it was a test to see who in the room was going to leak the comment to the media, or whether or not the comment was dropped to stir up another investigation leading to Haiti….well, I guess this remains to be seen.

Don Daniels, host of the Becoming a Cosmic Citizen program on BlogTalk Radio, recently interviewed Clifford Stone, a well-known whistleblower on the existence of our galactic families.

According to Daniels: “Sgt. Clifford Stone was groomed from an early age by the US Army for his Empathic / Telepathic abilities. After later entering the Army, he was channeled into a special program with the cover of Nuclear / Biological / Chemical Rapid Response Team, but that was just the excuse to pull him away from his regular duties on a moments notice and send him where needed for UFO Crash Retrieval missions, and especially for his ability to communicate telepathically with any surviving Extraterrestrials captured by the Army. Clifford has many stories of his encounters with our Star Cousins, including the personal side communications he carried on with the Extraterrestrials while relaying the answers the commanding officers had requested. He says the officers always asked the wrong questions, and the private conversations were much more illuminating.”

In a very short sample from the interview, Stone goes into the nature of the galactic families with whom he was in contact, and why they are not to be feared. He also answers a question on the relevance of what many listeners will know as the ‘Prime Directive’ – a rule of non-interference within a society that is not as evolved in every sense of the word. The audio clip is taken from approximately the five to ten minute mark of that program.

Dr. Carol Rosin was one of the original whistleblowers to appear when Dr. Steven Greer announced his Disclosure Project to the world in May of 2001. Rosin was the one who received the words from Werner von Braun on his deathbed that when all the cards had been played and the global cabal became too desperate, that they would attempt to play the ‘alien invasion’ card.

Now a host of her own radio program, she recently interviewed Dr. Greer for almost two hours. In the first part of the interview, Rosin asked Greer what message is vital for Russian President Putin to hear as well as the other leaders, regarding the issue of the existence of our galactic families.

In the first few minutes of the interview, Greer shares information that is relevant to two things that are currently happening – one is this alleged threat of nuclear war with North Korea and the other is the audit currently underway at the Department of Defence in the US.

A third connection is the event today in Hawaii where a missile was allegedly launched. Assuming that story to be true, and assuming that the galactics have intervened to shut down nuclear weapons, there is the possibility that if a missile was truly launched, then it was very likely interfered with.

Just a few of the many, many dots that need to be connected and joined to get a better understanding of how things are really unfolding upon our planet at this time.

The full interview is available in the show transcript for this story.

Other than the fact that time itself seems to be speeding up, the introduction of certain new technologies seems to be coming forth at an accelerated rate. Could this mean that perhaps certain other suppressed technologies may be on the horizon that can clean our air, our water or our land? Could there be health technologies coming that have long been predicted? I’ll look at this next in health.

9. ( 01:01:49 ) BACK TO THE FUTURE: TECHNOLOGY ALLOWS US TO BECOME YOUNGER, BUT THERE ARE RISKS, REWARDS AND CONSEQUENCES.

Finally, in health-related news;

As I hinted at moments ago, many technologies have been militarized or otherwise suppressed because of the impact it would have on the profits of those who have been controlling the global economy for this current lifetime for all of us.

Back in 2013, an article on Wired.com by GW Schulz estimated that there were secrecy orders on at least 5000 inventions. Other sources have estimated this to be closer to, or above 6000.

It is believed that there are many technologies that are capable of transforming our planet almost literally overnight if they were to be made available to humanity and the planet.

One piece of technology that has been floated around in the past from various sources claiming to have access to futuristic technologies, is healing chamber that is capable of healing injuries, ailments and physical challenges, but can also allegedly regenerate limbs, and even reprogram one’s DNA to make one physically younger again.

One such piece of technology has been given the name ‘Med bed’. A source who identifies himself as Jared Rand shared more about this particular device in a conference call interview recently. The following audio is taken from approximately the 12:00 mark to the 28:00 mark.

Rand points out several concerns. One is obviously the threat from Big Medicine and Big Pharma that do not want this technology made available because it would essentially kill their business.

A second concern is the risk in introducing this technology to the general public, because human nature will cause people to fight greedily to receive a treatment such as this. One only has to see how humans fight at stores to get one of a few remaining toys to understand the greedy nature of many humans.

A third concern that Rand also pointed out are the risks of making oneself younger. A few movies have loosely taken on the topic in different forms, but making a choice like this comes with real consequences, especially where other family members are concerned.

Although the most urgent cases are tended to first, are there perhaps ethical concerns? Should people be given some kind of qualifying exam, before being told about the technology, to see where their hearts are, and to see what their true intentions are in wanting this benefit?

Personally, I think people who have a demonstrated record of human and planetary service should be within the first three or four waves of people. Those who do not have a track record will have to perform a contract of service for humanity and the planet in order to become eligible to receive this kind of healing.

Can this technology, in theory, heal someone who was a killer or pedophile for example?

There are many ethical questions that need to be discussed and considered when approaching this technology. As exciting as it is, I understand the risks and also the rewards that this one technology alone can bring to humanity.

The question is whether we can best use the technology to empower the best leaders of a new Earth so the technology may be honoured for what it is, instead of merely allowing people to regress and continue poor lifestyle choices or crimes.

In the show transcript, links to a couple of other videos on the technology will also be posted.

11. ( 01:12:36 ) FINAL WORDS

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

Have you been noticing how the media is focusing only on stories that serve more to separate humanity, and keep humans in fear, but also more focused on their debts?

I’m shaking my head at how so many are getting drawn into these stories, and coming to various conclusions based on one single incident or story, without considering both the ‘bigger picture’ and also the ‘BIGGER, bigger picture’.

Earlier, you heard my thoughts about Trump’s comment and a bit about the geopolitical situation. I’d like to comment on something that is loosely similar, but a very different subject.

The media is playing its role in attempting to keep humans separated, in fear, in debt and sick. As it turns out, they are also trying to keep humans alone.

An article on the LifeSiteNews.com website from Jan 10th reports that: “Fewer young men in the US want to get married than ever, while the desire for marriage is rising among young women, according to the Pew Research Center.

Pew recently found that the number of women 18-34 saying that having a successful marriage is one of the most important things rose from 28 percent to 37 percent since 1997. The number of young adult men saying the same thing dropped from 35 percent to 29 percent in the same time.

Pew’s findings have caught the attention of one US writer who maintains that feminism, deeply entrenched in every segment of the culture, has created an environment in which young men find it more beneficial to simply opt out of couple-dom entirely.

Suzanne Venker’s article, “The War on Men,” which appeared on the website of Fox News in late November, has become a lodestone for feminist writers who have attacked her position that the institution of marriage is threatened, not enhanced, by the supposed gains of the feminist movement over the last 50 years.

She points out that for the first time in US history, the number of women in the workforce has surpassed the number of men, while more women than men are acquiring university degrees.

“The problem? This new phenomenon has changed the dance between men and women,” Venker wrote. With feminism pushing them out of their traditional role of breadwinner, protector and provider – and divorce laws increasingly creating a dangerously precarious financial prospect for the men cut loose from marriage – men are simply no longer finding any benefit in it.

As a writer and researcher into the trends of marriage and relationships, Venker said, she has “accidentally stumbled upon a subculture” of men who say “in no uncertain terms, that they’re never getting married.”

Venker is also quoted as saying that: “When I ask them why, the answer is always the same: women aren’t women anymore.” Feminism, which teaches women to think of men as the enemy, has made women “angry” and “defensive, though often unknowingly.

Now the men have nowhere to go. It is precisely this dynamic – women good/men bad – that has destroyed the relationship between the sexes. Yet somehow, men are still to blame when love goes awry. Men are tired of being told there’s something fundamentally wrong with them. Tired of being told that if women aren’t happy, it’s men’s fault.”

I have a lot of personal feelings relating to this story and seeing how it has impacted my LIFE path. However, there are at least two points that are either not addressed, or they are not addressed as fully as they perhaps deserved to be.

The article is focusing on the growing gender separation. The media focuses on the growing gender separation.

Very few however, seem to acknowledge the very essence of what ‘marriage’ has become and one of the underlying reasons for why it has become this.

I personally am struggling to see any value and purpose in ‘marriage’. Please note that I am making a very specific distinction between ‘marriage’ and commitment to a partner, spiritual or otherwise.

In our current world, driven by economics and protected by commercial rules given the force of law, a marriage really is nothing more than a glorified state and church-sanctioned commercial agreement.

Keep in mind that couples have to apply for a ‘marriage license’ to be married. Why is this necessary? Licensing is where the government takes away one’s rights, and then sells them back to the individual as a ‘privilege’, bound by commercial rules given the force of law.

Our governments participate in the criminality of the fractional reserve banking model, supporting the debt-based, and stress-filled economic reality that eventually drives couples apart. As the economics drives them apart, lawyers and judges get wealthier, settling the disputes because of an infinite number of commercial rules that are applied to couples when neither of them consented to those commercial rules in the first place.

When I do LIFE counselling with people, I describe to them how they may be following one LIFE-path and if one is not truly happy being oneself, then one is not likely to meet the most compatible partners along that path. They begin substituting dates and partners along that path, thinking that a partner will magically heal what’s missing in the individual.

However, this is rarely the case. There are miracles… IF the individual has truly seen the pattern of what he/she was creating, and is ready to create something different. Until that moment however, one continues to drift from relation to relation, not realizing that the relations are failing because one is not very happy with oneself in that moment.

Governments and the media are over-hyping the things that make us different: race, culture, language, gender, orientation and religion. Very subtly incorporated into this mixture is status, income, class and personal wealth or possessions.

Throw in now all the hype about sexual harassment and sexual assault allegations, and perhaps it is not a surprise that good men are too afraid to go up and try to express interest in a woman. It is perhaps also for the same reason that good women will not take the initiative with men, because they are afraid of being harassed and/or assaulted.

A culture of fear has been created and the media has played a big role in this.

There are good men wanting to find good women and vice versa. There are insecure and harmful men and women who look for partners to prey upon their energy.

As James Redfield has noted: ‘the root of all conflict in our world comes from the competition for precious human energy.’

Is it better to jump from one unfulfilling relation to another while never addressing the root issues within oneself, or is it better to remain unhappily single while trying to find out one’s path with greater clarity.

I’m not sure there is a ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ to that question. It comes down to whether or not one is able to live with oneself, with whichever choice was made. IF one can live with having multiple, unfulfilling partners, then perhaps this is part of the spiritual growth of both souls involved, until one or both consciously choose to create something else more meaningful.

Both the church and the state have contributed to the destruction of ‘love’, purely and simply between consenting partners.

Most humans are getting so bent out shape on the emotions of race, gender, income, status, class, caste, orientation, culture, and religion, defending these criteria of separation, instead of just simply standing together in unity for LOVE between consenting humans – and allowing them to commit to their partner in the most meaningful and LIFE-honouring ways that suit the people involved.

Governments and the church have become too invasive into the private lives of humans. This was done by intentional design. It will only be un-done by the intentional design of awakened and aware humans who are ready to speak up and hold elected officials, civic leaders and businesses accountable for what they are contributing to.

I wish it was easier to talk to women, for example, and I’m sure there are women saying the same thing about men, without having to worry about being so diplomatically correct for fear of being misjudged.

In today’s world, one wrong word or action can lead to someone getting hurt, fired, arrested and possibly even killed. Someone with innocent and good intentions gets punished and hurt.

At the ROOT of all this, we can only look to government and the churches for the creation of this separation.

Fighting with each other about each specific criteria of separation does nothing to heal the situation and only further serves to perpetuate the control, fear, debt and separation that we have already unknowingly consented to.

I think I am going to create a new hashtag, #ROOTOFCONFLICT to be used anytime one is choosing to call out something at the very root levels of our society; governance, business and religion.

LISTEN:

Cosmic Vision News - January 5, 2018

YouTube Audio:

Through the following link, you can receive a CAD53 discount on a stay over CAD100.

www.airbnb.ca/c/geoffreyw779

1. ( 01:02 ) FOLLOWING THE PLAYBOOK: AS PREDICTED, IRAN BECOMES NEXT TARGET FOR GOVERNANCE CHANGE.

Greetings and blessings to all!

My voice is still not back at 100% so please accept my apologies if the quality of my voice poor. I will be recording last week’s newscast shortly, as long as my voice makes it through this week’s newscast.

It seems that the western hegemony playbook is shifting its strategy from North Korea to Iran.

Like so many so-called conflicts before, this strategy playing out in the western media has all the markings of a colour revolution – and bears a strong resemblance to what almost happened in Syria and actually happened in Libya, Afghanistan, Iraq and Ukraine just to name a few.

To perhaps get a better understanding of what may be happening in Iran right now, we need to go back to at least 1953. In this year, Operation Ajax was implemented by the CIA. According to The Latin Library website page on this subject: “Operation Ajax (1953) (officially TP-AJAX) was an covert operation by the United States CIA in collaborating with the Pahlavi dynasty, to overthrow the elected government of Iran and Prime Minister Mohammed Mossadegh and consolidate the power of Shah Mohammed Reza Pahlavi.

Rationale for the intervention included Mossadegh's socialist rhetoric and his nationalization, without compensation, of the oil industry which was previously operated by the Anglo-Iranian Oil Company (which later changed its name to The British Petroleum Company) under contracts disputed by the nationalists as unfair. A particular point of contention was the refusal of the Anglo-Iranian Oil company to allow an audit of the accounts to determine whether the Iranian government received the royalties it was due. Intransigence on the part of the Anglo-Iranian Oil company led the nationalist government to escalate its demands, requiring an equal share in the oil revenues. The final crisis was precipitated when the Anglo-Iranian oil company ceased operations rather than accepting the nationalists' demands. “

Back in 2013, numerous articles appeared on various media sources revealing a CIA admission that they had participated in that coup.

A London Guardian article from 2013 reported the following: “The CIA has publicly admitted for the first time that it was behind the notorious 1953 coup against Iran's democratically elected prime minister Mohammad Mosaddeq, in documents that also show how the British government tried to block the release of information about its own involvement in his overthrow.

"The military coup that overthrew Mosaddeq and his National Front cabinet was carried out under CIA direction as an act of US foreign policy, conceived and approved at the highest levels of government," reads a previously excised section of an internal CIA history titled The Battle for Iran.”

National Public Radio, in its article reporting on the CIA admission added this: “Orchestrating the Iranian coup d'état was a first for the CIA and would serve as the template for future Cold War covert operations worldwide.

Young CIA agents used suitcases full of cash to destabilize the regime. "They managed to buy newspaper editors, to buy hoodlums, they organized rallies in different cities, they created a fake communist party in order to create trouble," Bahari said. Still, they almost failed.

So the original CIA coup was set up to put into place a western-friendly regime, because the government at that time was attempting to take back control of its own oil resources. It should be no surprise that oil is involved.

Later, in 1979 there was another revolution in Iran. According to Wikipedia:

Demonstrations against the Shah commenced in October 1977, developing into a campaign of civil resistance that included both secular and religious elements[11][12][13] and which intensified in January 1978.[14] Between August and December 1978, strikes and demonstrations paralyzed the country. The Shah left Iran for exile on 16 January 1979, as the last Persian monarch, leaving his duties to a regency council and an opposition-based prime minister.

The revolution was unusual for the surprise it created throughout the world:[23] it lacked many of the customary causes of revolution (defeat at war, a financial crisis, peasant rebellion, or disgruntled military),[24] occurred in a nation that was experiencing relative prosperity,[15][22] produced profound change at great speed,[25] was massively popular, resulted in the exile of many Iranians,[26] and replaced a pro-Western authoritarian monarchy[15] with an anti-Western authoritarian theocracy[15][21][22][Note 1][28]“

What is also worth noting are several other factors. One is the fact that Iran was one of 7 countries in 2001, at the time the events of 9/11 happened, that did not have a Rothschilds-controlled central banking system.

Other facts include the growing economic and political relationship between Iran, Russia and China.

In a Sputnik News article on Jan 4th, Radio Sputnik spoke with John Kiriakou, a CIA agent-turned-whistleblower who helped reveal the CIA’s torture program to the American public in 2007. Kiriakou was quoted as saying : “There's no love lost between between the Taliban/al-Qaeda and the Iranians," said Kiriakou. "I'm going to say it again unequivocally: there is no connection between Iran and al-Qaeda, this is being made up. There are other countries that would benefit from the proliferation of this lie — but that's what it is, simply a lie."

Rogue journalist Caitlin Johnstone from her own personal website, exposes what is essentially the same script that the US empire used on Libya and Syria.

Johnstone writes that: “Two weeks ago a memo was leaked from inside the Trump administration showing how Secretary of State and DC neophyte Rex Tillerson was coached on how the US empire uses human rights as a pretense on which to attack and undermine noncompliant governments. Politicoreports:

The May 17 memo reads like a crash course for a businessman-turned-diplomat, and its conclusion offers a starkly realist vision: that the U.S. should use human rights as a club against its adversaries, like Iran, China and North Korea, while giving a pass to repressive allies like the Philippines, Egypt and Saudi Arabia.

With what would be perfect comedic timing if it weren’t so frightening, Iran erupted in protests which have been ongoing for the last four days, and the western empire is suddenly expressing deep, bipartisan concern about the human rights of those protesters.

So we all know what this song and dance is code for. Any evil can be justified in the name of “human rights”.

Johnstone may be focusing only on the particular angle of her story, which I have come to learn is something that a journalist can no longer do. Every vital story is connected to at least one, and arguably multiple other stories and events, and cannot be taken in context by the single story itself.

Every story can be used to support a pro or negative interpretation of someone or something, but it is only when compared to multiple other events, can one begin to see that there may have been a particular reason for why certain comments were made by Trump, or why certain actions were taken by his administration.

As I am also learning, Trump appears to be deliberately messing with people to try to help expose certain people, and by coming up with crazy statements or actions, he is able to expose those that he is apparently now in the process of having arrested. I’ll have more on this, coming up in a moment.

Keeping all of this in mind, it would not be a surprise therefore that an Iranian prosecutor on January 4th, as reported by RT, pointed the finger of blame at the CIA, Israel and Saudi Arabia for the unrest. The RT article reported that: “Mohammad Jafar Montazeri said Thursday that the “main protector” of the agitation plan was an American national called Michael Andrea, a man he claims is a former CIA agent who formed a group tasked with fermenting discord in the country.

The state prosecutor also pointed to Israel and Saudi Arabia. Montazeri is quoted in Iran’s Islamic Republic News Agency (IRNA) as saying that Andrea, and an unnamed officer affiliated with Israel's spy agency Mossad, masterminded the plot dubbed the ‘Consequential Convergence Doctrine’ and that Saudi Arabia picked up the bill.”

Alexander Mercouris, writing for TheDuran on Jan 4th offers this update: “Amidst big pro-government demonstrations yesterday the authorities are claiming that the protest wave which began in the Mashhad on 28th December 2017 has ended, and that quiet has returned to Iran’s towns and cities.”

While western media try to claim to vast public protests attended by tens of thousands or more, Mercouris suggests that the outcome in Iran is more reflective of smaller, isolated protests.

Mercouris writes that: “Whilst this is not a hard and fast rule, it is generally the case that violence increases the smaller protests become as the more militant and violent protesters are no longer restrained by the peaceful majority of protesters.

Needless to say the more violent protests become the more likely it is that the great majority of people who might be willing to join peaceful protests will be scared off doing so and will stay away.

The result is that as the violence escalates the size of the protests diminishes, until eventually they either fizzle out or are suppressed.

The fact that there was an escalation of violence in the last days of the protests, and the fact that they took place mainly at night, seems to conform to this pattern, and suggests that the authorities are right in saying that what began in Mashhad on 28th December 2017 as a peaceful protest about economic conditions over the course of the following days degenerated into simple rioting.

It is clear from their statements over the last few days that the foreign intelligence agency which the Iranian authorities believe had a hand in the riots was Saudi intelligence, not the intelligence agencies of the US and Israel.

The one observation I would make about this claim is however that whilst accounts of the rioters make it clear that they are overwhelmingly young men – as is always the case in riots – they do not seem to be the sort of educated young men that are being talked about in these accounts.

On the contrary they seem to be the less educated young men coming from economically poorer backgrounds who form the majority of rioters – and of the criminal class – in all countries.”

Assuming Mercouris is correct on this last point, that many of the protesters are young and poorer males, this MIGHT be cause to investigate if there are any NGO’s or organizations that are supported and funded by George Soros active in Iran. A trail of money may soon be found connecting this.

In the show transcript, I will also include a newsclip video from Renegade Tribune, with their own report on the events in Iran, as well as a video asking if the Iran protests were an attempt by the CIA/Mossad to start another colour revolution in that country.

There are some hints that ‘something’ unusual is taking place, and it involves the US Naval Air Station in Guantanamo Bay. As most may know, Guantanamo is also the site of a prison complex that many have been campaigning for closure.

However, there is a lot more activity around Guantanamo lately. According to an article by Sean Adl-Tabatabai from the YourNewsWire website: “President Trump has ordered Guantanamo Bay to prepare for incoming ‘high level’ prisoners, including American politicians, within the next few months.

The article provides a bit of a timeline to the events during the year, reporting that: “On 11 April 2017, also, this report says, the SVR reported to SCT that Attorney General Sessions was at Luke Air Force Base to “hold/conduct” meetings with various commanders of the Arizona Army National Guard (AZ ARNG)—with the longest of them being with the commanders of the 850th Military Police Battalion—that numbers nearly 800 highly trained and specialized US Army Military Police forces.

Since its beginning on 11 April 2017, this report continues, SCT intercepts of communications between Guantanamo Bay Naval Base and Luke Air Force Base continued on an unprecedented basis—with the largest amount of such communications being reported on 7 July 2017—and was the date Attorney General Sessions and Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein made an unannounced visit to the Guantanamo Bay Naval Base—and whose meetings there on that date included the commanders of the 850th Military Police Battalion who had been flown there the day prior.

On 21 December 2017, this report further notes, SCT reported that nearly all of these communications between Guantanamo Bay Naval Base and Luke Air Force Base had ceased—with the SVR reporting that this cessation occurred when US Defense Secretary James “Mad Dog” Mattis made an unprecedented-unannounced visit to Guantanamo—the first visit there by a US Defence Secretary in nearly 16 years”

The article also notes that: “With the Guantanamo Bay Detention Camp holding only 41 detainees, but able to hold nearly 800, this report notes, President Trump’s suddenly ordering there such a large number of US Military Police forces requires a further explanation as to why—and which the SVR says can be found in the equally sudden activity of the secretive IBC Airways—and whom, upon President Trump’s ordering the 850th Military Police Battalion to immediately deploy to Guantanamo, announced, on 29 December 2017, that it is increasing its flights to Naval Station Guantanamo Bay to three times a week—thus highly suggesting its anticipation of a flood of visitors there—most likely to include American attorneys defending their soon to be imprisoned traitorous clients.”

What is interesting to note in these reports is that the mission is allegedly so sensitive, that media were not allowed to show the faces of those being deployed or their families.

This would strongly suggest that Guantanamo is being prepped to receive at least some, if not many, of those connected to the ‘swamp’ that Trump is draining.

The US Justice Department appears to be making plans as well for mass arrests and trials.

On Jan 1st an article by Joshua Phillipp, appearing on The Epoch Times website has reported that: “Since late October, more than 9,000 sealed indictments have been filed in districts across the United States.

As of Dec. 22, 2017, there were 9,294 sealed indictments, according to data collected by researchers and gathered from the Public Access to Court Electronic Records (PACER) service of the federal judiciary. This includes 1,224 in the central district of California, which includes Los Angeles; 194 in Washington; and 248 in the southern district of New York.

According to Marc Ruskin, a former FBI undercover agent and author of “The Pretender: My Life Undercover for the FBI,” it’s unclear whether the current sealed indictments are connected, but the high number is something he never saw in his 27 years as an agent.”

As well, the Justice Department reported on January 3 the appointment of 17 current and former federal prosecutors as interim United States Attorneys.

To those who are more aware of what is going on, it cannot be fact that these news items coincide with what appears to be happening at Guantanamo, and that something significant is either already underway, or about to happen.

In his weekly news posting last week, Benjamin Fulford noted that: “In a historic moment of poetic justice, most of the U.S.-based top perpetrators of the fake “war on terror” have now themselves been renditioned to the U.S. Navy camp in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, Pentagon sources say.

“The Rothschild assets George Soros, Peter Munk, Peter Sutherland, the Bushes, the Podestas, and many others may have been airlifted to Gitmo for military tribunals, as the Department of Defense spends $500M to upgrade the prison and send more military police and Marines,” the sources say.

In one of many signs of just how historic the new American revolution is, “30 congressmen will not be returning in the new year,” the Pentagon sources say.

CIA sources also confirm that former U.S. President Bill Clinton, hoping for a plea bargain, is spilling the beans on people like former CIA head John Brennan, top U.S. Mossad agent Rahm Emmanuel, former Vice President Dick Cheney, and many others.”

Dr. Michael Salla from his website, Exopolitics.org also posted an article on this, with some information from various sources including called #QAnon. In commenting about the internet buzz about activity relating to Guantanamo, or Gitmo as it is also called, Salla writes that: “While these are still only rumors, recent events point to their plausibility. If accurate, these secret investigations, arrests and extractions to Gitmo where they face extended detention and military justice has enormous political implications, and makes possible the release of suppressed information previously withheld by the Deep State.

One source of such rumors comes from David Todeschini, a former USAF veteran who wrote an expose about covert operations during the Vietnam War. He describes what he learned from a reliable FBI source about recent events at Guantanamo in a December 24, 2017 Youtube video, which he summarized as follows:

High-level confidential sources tell this reporter that the U.S. Military prison at Guantanamo Bay has been alerted to expect high-profile prisoners shortly – possibly as a result of over 10,000 Sealed FEDERAL indictments. 1,000 Marines accompanied General Mattis to Gitmo to provide security for “special prisoners”.…”

Salla’s article includes a post from #QAnon about seven new residents to Gitmo, and apparently three from Toronto who are connected to the company Barrick Gold.

Salla adds that: “What can be distilled from these independent sources is that high level Deep State members, many of whom are part of a Pedophile Satanic global network, are being detained by U.S. Special Forces and taken to Gitmo where they are to be held indefinitely, while military justice is applied to their cases. In the process, Gitmo’s holding facilities are being significantly upgraded with expansions and more guards to accommodate an infusion of VIP prisoners.

t is quite feasible that Gitmo would be used to house detainees under Trump’s Executive Order. They could be treated similarly to terrorists under the Executive Order’s “national emergency” which delegated authority to any US agency capable of enforcing the Order’s primary function of cutting off the financial assets of targeted individuals and groups.”

There may also be some flight evidence to back up some of these claims. A source has posted an image of flights going to, and departing from Guantanamo from various cities. Fort Lauderdale, Jacksonville, Norfolk, Virginia, La Romana, are the origin cities listed in the image from this particular source. In most cases, flights returned to same cities, although one flight, a Lear Jet 45, was reported flying from Guantanamo to Washington on Dec 21st. In the case of all the flights, the ‘owner’ has been marked as ‘unknown’ or ‘blocked’.

A link to the image and the image itself, will appear in the show transcript. For those who are interested, I will also include the link to the Flightview and FlightAware websites, where one can enter data to find flights operating from or to Guantanamo.

As the new year kicks off in the White House, the media has jumped all over the story of former Trump chief strategist Steve Bannon’s planned release of an alleged ‘tell-all’ book about Trump’s White House.

Let’s start with what we think we know first, before I offer what I think may be happening here.

Back in November, CVN reported on a story by entertainment news reporter Liz Crokin about how Trump and Meuller are pulling off the biggest ‘sting’ operation in history.

In that article as a reminder, the following was reported: “The day after Mueller’s meeting with Trump, Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein appointed Mueller to serve as special counsel for the United States Department of Justice.

The Special Counsel is authorized to conduct an investigation including “any links and/or coordination between Russian government and individuals associated with the campaign of President Donald Trump, and any matters that arose or may arise directly from the investigation.”

Trump did not collude with Russia. The left and the media have carried that narrative based off of lies and a fake dossier. Trump allowed them to carry their false narrative because he knew he was innocent and that the investigation would eventually turn to the real parties who colluded with Russia. Enter the Clintons. What stands out in the affidavit Rosenstein signed included “matters that arose or may arise directly from the investigation” because they knew an investigation into Russian collusion would eventually lead to Clinton.

The left and the media has been so blinded by their partisanship that they’ve failed to see that the greatest bait and switch in the history of the world is going down right before their very eyes. They’ve naively assumed that since Mueller had been a part of the swamp, he’d protect the swamp. However, just because he’s associated with corrupt politicians like the Clintons for years does not mean that he likes them or has any interest in protecting them at this point. After all, the Clintons did go to Trump’s wedding and you know what they say: keep your friends close and your enemies closer.”

That was from last November. Now, whether you love him or hate him, Trump is an intelligent man, and he could have had the successes he has had without having strategies to figure out who he could trust.

As of January 5, when this story was written, the mainstream media is reporting how the book by Bannon has been released early, and it is already number one.

I admit, I had posted my speculation that Trump and Bannon may have been working together to do a sting operation on the media. Although it may still be possible, it appears it may not have been a correct one.

Like almost anything that is not of integrity these days, it gets exposed for what it really is. There are two articles from The Duran that appear to suggest that Bannon’s book may be based on lies.

The first article reports that: “Now that Michael Wolff is all but assured blockbuster sales for his book “Fire and Fury”, the scrutiny over how Wolff attained the quotes he details in his book is now being scrutinized…and as with all “Trump haters” it appears that Wolff used some tactics unbecoming of a journalist, all in an ideologically infused rage to stick it to POTUS Trump.

During an interview with Today Show anchor Savannah Guthrie, Wolff makes the stunning revelation that he may have burned many sources and obtained quotes from as high up as Trump, without them realizing they were about to go into his book.

In the second article, it was reported that: “The problem with all the salacious quotes and palace intrigue laid out by Wolff, is the revelation by the author that he can’t be sure that all of the things he writes in his book are indeed true.

The author of the explosive new book about Donald Trump’s presidency acknowledged in an author’s note that he wasn’t certain all of its content was true.

This can be both good and bad. It’s good because the book is being exposed for what it is – a very poor and unethical excuse for journalism. It’s bad because those who are needing to validate their personal opinions of Trump will not care about this – the book says what they want it to say.

As the saying goes, ‘people do not want the truth. What they want is the validation that what they happen to believe is the truth’.

However these latest developments may give some credit to another theory that has been put out.

Latest info from the QAnon group shared via You Are Free’s YouTube channel offers more on this possibility:

If QAnon’s intel is correct, and I have to admit it is pretty good – if it is correct, then Trump likely knew that Bannon would go ahead with an expose, and that the media would line up get all the so-called ‘dirt’ on Trump, only to find out that they were sucker-punched.

Either way, it is my personal belief and feeling that the media are being played for fools. They are drooling for any damning information on Trump, most likely because many high-level media owners are desperate to stop Trump before Trump exposes them as being part of the swamp and possibly also involved in pedophilia and human trafficking for sex purposes. They would have a vested interest in discrediting Trump as soon as possible.

Just for those who are struggling to understand what is playing out, here is what I believe is happening. Trump knew he was unpopular coming in as president. He knew people were after him. He needed to get the media focused on swamp people. So, he surrounds himself with swamp people, and says very confusing things, giving everyone a reason to think he knows nothing and is incompetent. Meanwhile in the background, he allows certain stories to be reported about him, such as Russian collusion, because the media will go after it, thinking they will find dirt on Trump – but instead are led to Clinton.

Now, with the Bannon story, perhaps Trump is leading the media towards the real story involving North Korea and exposing it and helping China, perhaps leading to the rumoured reunification of the Koreas.

Wow, even I had not considered this intriguing connection of dots. This would, in my opinion, set the stage for a beautiful trap. Just as the media thought Mueller’s going after Trump would ensnare the president, it instead forced the media to follow the trail to the Uranium One deal, and to Clinton…which is what Trump wanted all along. There is an agenda behind this.

Maybe this was timed to cover up the story about Guantanamo. It might make sense. Keep swamp creatures believing that the media is getting close to burying Trump so they get a false sense of security. Keep the media distracted, partly to expose their lack of ethics and professionalism but to give them a false sense of security as well.

We may not yet know exactly where Trump is leading the media, but I refuse to accept that Trump would be so stupid to fall victim to something like this. The media is eating all this up, so of course the question needs to be asked: “What are we being distracted from?”

As a successful business and even moreso as a businessman who has had numerous bankruptcies, you learn strategies to figure out who you can trust to do business with or not. You learn who to keep close to you, especially if they are potentially dangerous. Keep friends close, enemies closer. Cooperating with Bannon on a book strategy, OR setting him up for exposure due to connections to a Chinese billionaire hiding away in North Korea…to get the story on the CIA deep state connection to North Korea exposed. Wow…this could be brilliant, if true.

If the general public has not figured it out yet, 2018 may become the year when the mainstream media game finally dies – and the profession will either evolve ethically, or media outlets will go bankrupt or get shut down.

Now about Trump himself. In her article from July of 2016, Liz Crokin describes how she has reported on celebrities for many years and she admits that to get a juicy story about Trump would have been a big boost for her career.

She wrote the following: “As an entertainment journalist, I’ve had the opportunity to cover Trump for over a decade, and in all my years covering him I’ve never heard anything negative about the man until he announced he was running for president. I found that he doesn’t drink alcohol or do drugs, he’s a hardworking businessman and totally devoted to his beloved wife and children. On top of that, he’s one of the most generous celebrities in the world with a heart filled with more gold than his $100 million New York penthouse.

Crokin goes on to list numerous examples of kindness that she has known Trump to do.

What is particularly noteworthy were her closing comments. She writes that: “Trump’s kindness knows no bounds and his generosity has and continues to touch the lives of people from every sex, race and religion. When Trump sees someone in need, he wants to help. Two decades ago, Oprah asked Trump in a TV interview if he’d run for president. He said: “If it got so bad, I would never want to rule it out totally, because I really am tired of seeing what’s happening with this country.” That day has come. Trump sees that America is in need and he wants to help – how unthinkable!”

Assuming that this last comment is true, it obviously means that Trump feels things have become so bad that he has needed to get involved, and this would perhaps explain why he is draining the swamp, and making strange comments and decisions that are keeping everyone guessing about what his next move is going to be.

To add some credibility to this, according to Crokin’s biography: Along with a background in journalism and political science, she is: “an award-winning author, a seasoned journalist and an advocate for sex crime victims. Her experience landed her an internship working for Bill O’Reilly at Fox News Channel and then to Washington DC where she interned for the State Department’s White House Correspondent which planted her in the White House daily.

It would seem that IF Trump was guilty of anything, she would probably have some opinions on it.

While the QAnon source earlier revealed that people from Barricks Gold in Toronto may be on their way to an all-expenses paid trip to Guantanamo, Liz Moyer reports via CNBC that another one of the sealed indictments has been opened, and this point points to a hedge fund executive as a next probable winner of a trip to Guantanamo.

Moyer writes: “A former hedge fund executive faces federal charges for defrauding a UK-based charity over investments in Africa, according to a grand jury indictment made public Wednesday.

Michael Cohen, formerly the head of European operations for Och Ziff Capital Management, was indicted on fraud and conspiracy, among other charges, in the scheme, according to the document, filed in October and unsealed Wednesday by the U.S. District Court in Brooklyn.

Moyer continues: “Federal investigators have been looking into violations of anti-corruption laws by funds for several years. In Och Ziff's case the inquiries involved activities in the Democratic Republic of Congo, Libya and other African nations and prompted investors such as public pensions and foundations to pull their investments from the firm.

Cohen was in charge of investing activities in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, the U.S. Attorney's office said. Och Ziff is run by the billionaire Daniel Och, a former Goldman Sachs trader.”

5. ( 44:31 ) 2018 PREDICTIONS: FOR SOMETHING LIGHTER, A LOOK AT HOW THE YEAR MIGHT UNFOLD.

As each new year begins, most of us try to create the best world for oneself that one can.

At the same time, we often look at the predictions of others as a foundational point for the hope that we are looking for within ourselves that positive things really are happening worldwide.

Partly for fun, let’s take a look at one source making some bold predictions for 2018. In an article posted on the Alcuin Bramerton website on January 1, Bramerton lays out his predictions for what he believes will be forthcoming in 2018. Bramerton is editor of the Alcuin and Flutterby blog and he also is a medium, posting articles on Medium.com. On this page, Bramerton describes himself as: “questioning what is; exploring what might be, laughing at the view”. Perhaps a perspective that could serve us all well at this time – laughing a the view.

The article is a bit lengthy, but here are some of what I consider to be key predictions from him for the coming year. According to the article:

“High-status disclosures of previously suppressed information and covert forward planning may initiate the following changes in 2018:

Universal debt forgiveness will be rolled out across the planet.

Gold and asset-backed cryptocurrency funds will be set up to provide a Universal Basic Income for every human being on Earth.

In the ongoing USA v US Deep State Civil War, the Rockefeller, Kissinger, Bush, Clinton and Obama political syndicates will be peacefully and lawfully removed from American public life permanently.

The identities of the hidden Khazar Zionist political bosses embedded in corporate America will be disclosed.

Jorge Mario Bergoglio ('Francis'), the present Pope, will be obliged to retire. Like Tenzin Gyatso (the Dalai Lama) and Billy Graham (US Protestant evangelist), he is a Western deep-state-controlled PsyOp, who functions within the mechanism of establishment religious control and disinformation.

Queen Elizabeth II of England will abdicate or, at the very least, will begin to withdraw from active personal involvement in Constitutional, Church of England, and international banking affairs. The occult connection between the Vatican in Rome and The Crown Temple in London will be revealed.

The US will lose control of the UN, the IMF, the World Bank and the World Trade Organisation to the G188BRICS alliance. A new UN HQ will be (or has already been) built in China. The G7 Bretton Woods money management system of 1944 will be consigned to the dustbin of history.

In 2018, many of the major changes in global economic governance will force themselves into visibility in the mainstream financial media in the West. These will manifest when the Asian CIPS system completely supplants the Western SWIFT system. This change is now under way. Very soon, it will be possible to translocate all major asset-backed capital flows between global financial centres without the risk of élite theft, diversion or mirroring.

Free-energy Tesla technologies suppressed by the JPMorgan, Rockefeller and Bush families' corporate energy cartels will become freely known and freely available. There will be no further need to burn fossil fuels once the Tesla technologies are in place in industry, homes and vehicles.

Things will be seen in the skies, on the surface of the Earth and inside the Earth which mainstream corporate media and mainstream western education say do not exist and cannot happen. The core signifiers of ancient mythologies will be found to be real.

The covert interaction of several world governments with negative extraterrestrial groups will be exposed. The rôle of positive extraterrestrial groups in promoting the energisation of the planet and the manifestation of the NESARA process will be explained. The significance of the agriglyphs (crop circles) will become better understood. The availability of off-planet technologies for pollution control, food manifestation, human transport, and information retrieval will be revealed. Sonic healing machines will be released for the free use of all. The negative stargate (or interdimensional portal) in Iraq at the ancient Sumerian site of Entemenanki (the locality of the ziggurat of Marduk in ancient Babylon) will be closed.

During 2018 more young people and old people, inside and outside world governments, will speak the truth with greater energy, greater clarity and less fear than ever before in human history. And their words will be heard, preserved and multiplied beyond the reach of establishment suppression.

The 188-nation BRICS alliance, led by Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa, will become central in facilitating veridical global newsflows and the introduction of new asset-backed international currencies. Iran will become increasingly important in the media initiative, employing well-resourced English language outlets.

A few intriguing predictions come near the end of the article. He writes that: “Into this climate of global disclosure will emerge the greatest discloser of all - the long expected World Teacher of The Aquarian Age.

The World Teacher - no surprise here - will not be a religious figure. More information about the emergence of The World Teacher can be found here and here.

all ensouled human beings currently living in the surface human population on Earth have been spiritual masters in at least one previous life on other planets or in other parallel realities. This was the basic qualification for being allowed to take a human incarnation at this important (and difficult) transitional period on Earth. As these ensouled humans now begin to wake up to their full spiritual potentials, they will discover and exercise their latent shamanic abilities.

Since (about) 2006, many extraordinary human children have been coming into incarnation. Many of these are neither male or female; they are both. This is the arrival of a third gender among the human population; they will be fully potent as both females and males. They are benevolent.

The story of what going is to happen in 2018 is the biggest story in the history of human civilisation on this planet.

It is too big a story to be handled accurately by the corporate mainstream media. The news will be broken, initially, though Indymedia, alternative news, and progressive spirituality sites on the web. But most of all, the story will be discovered in personal experience. As more and more people learn the spiritual exercises of meditation, invocation, affirmation and dream management, more and more people will break free, see clearly and speak openly of that which was, and that which is to come.”

Predictions may or may not happen, and as I currently think I understand it, humanity’s consciousness level contributes to, arguably significantly, to how things manifest.

Of course, discernment is advised, but if he is correct even on just a few of these, it is still going make for an extremely eventful coming year! I would like to create that we will all awaken to our inner shamanic abilities, and also connect more deeply to Earth and to one’s own message, to serve humanity and our planet, for the Highest Good of all!

6. ( 54:27 ) PLAYING THE ALIEN CARD: LEADING DISCLOSURE ADVOCATE STEVEN GREER FEELS CABAL IS BEGINNING TO PLAY A PREDICTED AND LONG-HELD CARD.

In some disclosure-related news this week:

Recently, CVN reported on some of the disclosure revelations that are coming out, but also gave offered the warning that we have to consider the false-flag alien invasion card the dying cabal may play. That story appeared in the New York Times and reported on a formerly secretive Pentagon UFO program. The link is in the show transcript for those needing to review it.

Well-known disclosure advocate, Dr. Steven Greer appears to agree. In a recent interview onJan 4th with Ryan McCormick of the Outer Limits of Inner Truth Radio, Greer offered some insights on this within the first ten minutes of the program:

An article by Dylan Charles reporting on Greer’s interview also noted the following about Hollywood’s role, writing that: “Hollywood has done its job of creating and reinforcing this perception with movie after movie of man vs. extraterrestrial. Always swashbuckling, always explosive, it’s a decades long, high-dollar smear campaign that defies the personal experiences of an untold number of people who’ve had contact with other worldly beings, often describing them as peaceful. It also defies very credible accounts of ET interference with the world’s nuclear arms, which suggest that an ET presence may actually be working for the benefit of humanity and the planet.”

In the show transcript a second video and possibly a few other links will be added with more information.

Together, 2018 could become a year where we empower those individuals who have the skills and the passion to finally fulfill their service to humanity and the planet, while also supporting them and standing up and protecting their integrity and honour as well.

8. ( 1:13:20 ) WHEN THE FLU IS NOT THE FLU: HOSPITALS OVERFLOWING, VACCINES NOT WORKING, AND QUESTIONS ABOUT THE REAL SOURCE OF PUBLIC ILLNESS OUTBREAK.

Finally, in health-related news

On Dec 26th, my mother, her husband and I went to have dinner with my aunt and her husband. There was another couple with us as well. The husband of my aunt had apparently received the flu vaccine a number of days before dinner, a week, maybe two. The next day, he was extremely sick, and remained very sick for a very long time. After that we all started to get symptoms, more serious in some than others.

Although not extremely serious for me, it was enough of a concern for me because I have very rarely gotten sick in my life. My voice was poor for many days, and then other symptoms began to appear. This particular sickness did not keep me bed-ridden, but it was serious enough to make me very uncomfortable for a number of days.

On new year’s eve both my mother and her husband were taken to the hospital in ambulances. An interesting evening, to be sure. The hospital was packed and overcrowded and had been for many days. The doctor’s office of my mother’s husband had been closed for a number of days was well, directing people to the hospital for treatments. Apparently this office was not the only one closed in the area.

The doctors reply when he was told that my mother and her husband had not received the flu vaccine was this: “It is just as well, because the flu vaccine isn’t working well.”

Everyone, and doctors, are assuming it was the flu. Even I had made this assumption.

An article by Jon Rappaport however on January 5th may help to shed some light on this matter.

Rappaport writes that: “The press is playing up two angles this winter: the seasonal flu vaccine may only be 10% effective; and there is an outbreak of flu across 37 states, at last count.

As Doshi states, every year, hundreds of thousands of respiratory samples are taken from flu patients in the US and tested in labs. Here is the kicker: only a small percentage of these samples show the presence of a flu virus.

This means: most of the people in America who are diagnosed by doctors with the flu have no flu virus in their bodies.

So they don’t have the flu.

Therefore, even if you assume the flu vaccine is useful and safe, it couldn’t possibly prevent all those “flu cases” that aren’t flu cases.

The vaccine couldn’t possibly work.

The vaccine isn’t designed to prevent fake flu, unless pigs can fly.

The exact quote from Doshi’s review was quoted as follows: 346:f3037):

“…even the ideal influenza vaccine, matched perfectly to circulating strains of wild influenza and capable of stopping all influenza viruses, can only deal with a small part of the ‘flu’ problem because most ‘flu’ appears to have nothing to do with influenza. Every year, hundreds of thousands of respiratory specimens are tested across the US. Of those tested, on average 16% are found to be influenza positive.

…It’s no wonder so many people feel that ‘flu shots’ don’t work: for most flus, they can’t.”

The author of the article continues: “Because most diagnosed cases of the flu aren’t the flu.

So even if you’re a true believer in mainstream vaccine theory, you’re on the short end of the stick here. They’re conning your socks off.

What are typical flu symptoms? Fever, chills, cough, sore throat, muscle aches, headache, fatigue. Well, these symptoms can be caused by a variety of circumstances.

Immediately calling them flu is an unwarranted assumption. And as it turns out, respiratory samples from patients, sent to labs, are going to come back with no sign of the flu, in the overwhelming percentage of cases.

But the mainstream press can’t report any of this.

It would topple the flu-treatment money machine.”

Most the awakened people are becoming aware of an intentional plan to depopulate the planet and are also starting to become more familiar with the key tricks being employed.

One trick is to get people to fight each other. The manufactured refugee crisis, and the targeting of Islam are examples of this, and there are others. An agenda is created so that we argue, fight and harm others of the general populations so that they do not have to spend the resources to do it themselves.

Another trick is to keep people fearful, and this is done through the false-flag campaigns such as shootings, bombings, manufactured protests and so forth.

A third trick is to make people sick with the intention that they will die from multiple illnesses.

If one is saying that I am delusional, that there would not be humans or leaders doing these kinds of things, one has the right to say that, but I would gently say that this one needs to pull his or her head out from the sand and begin to really see what is being done to humans worldwide as well as to our planet generally.

Others may say I am pessimistic, and from one perspective, one could argue this. However, to deal with a problem one must first be willing to see and admit that there is in fact, a problem.

A question may then be asked: “When is the flu not the flu?” The answer to this may be: ‘when it is not the flu but it is something else’? What else may it then be?

Accoding to AwarenessAct.com in an article from Mar 25 2017: “According to the shock claims of one doctor, chemtrails may pose a much greater risk to humanity than understood before. In his opinion, we are all being poisoned, so that the pharmaceutical industry can gain immense and never ending profit.

The doctor, Dr. Leonard Horowitz is a former researcher from a medical university. For quite some time, he has made claims regarding the dangers of the chemical trails being left purposely by jet planes in the atmosphere. It is his belief that such chemtrails are causing us all to be sick, since the 1990’s.

Chemtrails, which are laden with a number of heavy metals, and mycotoxins including mold spores, mycoplasma, human white blood cells, and worse, have been speculated on for quite some time. However, despite claims from various organizations that the trails have been implemented in experimental research or for climate change, many continue to believe they have a much more nefarious purpose.”

Here are the symptoms being linked to ‘chemtrail flu’ according to the article:

In another article, posted on AirCrap.org, Horowitz explains more what microplasma is, stating that: “is not really a fungus, it’s not really a bacteria, it’s not really a virus. It has no cell wall. It goes deep into the cell nuclei thereby making it very difficult to mount an immune response against it. It’s a man-made biological weapon.The patent report explains how it causes chronic upper respiratory infections that are virtually identical to what’s going on right now.”CHEMTRAILS DESTROY YOUR IMMUNE FUNCTION.

According to Horowitz: “I believe the chemtrails are responsible for a chemical intoxication of the public, which would then cause a general immune suppression, low grade to high grade, depending on exposure. The immune dysfunction allows people to become susceptible to opportunistic infections, such as this micoplasma and other opportunistic infections.”

My mother has been experiencing episodes of dizziness ranging from mildly discomforting to extreme, requiring trips to the hospital over the last year and a half. Doctors, not surprisingly, have been either unable or unwilling to properly diagnose her condition. Her life now has become such that she feels she no longer has a quality of life, and feels like she just wants to leave this life to escape the discomfort. In a way, I can understand her frustrations and her desire to get away from it.

I am holding that there is a way to help her find that quality of life again, but this will depend upon whether or not her soul has decided that is purpose is finished.

In the show transcript, I will include several other articles that may contain more information for those wanting to learn more and also a few videos, one about chemtrails and one with a presentation from Horowitz himself.

It is time that we all start putting pressure on our location politicians, and informing them that we are now aware of what is going on, and to start demanding answers.

To keep an energy of positivity about this, there are sources reporting that help is being given to us from various sources to neutralize chemtrails. Although I personally feel there is some truth to this, we as humans also have to participate in some way to helping stop this and also in healing ourselves. Becoming aware and informing others is part of it. Taking an active role in healing oneself is another.

We are energetic, spiritual and powerful beings and we do have it within ourselves to shut all of this down. We just have to remember how to do this, and consciously choose to awaken this part of our knowing that has been blocked intentionally and unintentionally.

As more and more humans carry the energy of this intention, so then may be manifest it for the Highest Good of all!

9. ( 1:25:05 ) FINAL WORDS: THE DOUBLE-EDGED SWORD OF THE CURRENT PARADIGM.

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

Perhaps 2018 is the year humanity, particularly western humanity begins to realize we are living in the era of the double-edged sword. I mean REALLY and fully realize this, while also understanding the risks, the rewards and the responsibilities of what this means.

More of humanity, I think, is begin to grasp that there is a ‘bigger picture’ to what they thought they understood about the world.

A few others are venturing more into the ‘BIGGER, bigger picture’…beginning to see and touch the more spiritual aspect and understanding of this human journey.

Many are beginning to grasp that this group I loosely call the global cabal, but consists of factions operating on different levels and in different capacities, are creating both problems for humanity, but also providing so-called ‘solutions’ to those problems.

Those solutions however, only serve to benefit them and generate profit for them, while offering only a temporary solution at best, until the update or solution is offered, or it is a solution that does not work at all.

Illnesses are created and spread among the population, and Big Pharma steps up to provide their synthetic solutions at great profit for them, while giving humans at best, a false sense of security that Big Medicine actually cares about their health.

Our skies are sprayed with chemicals under the explanation that it is ‘scientific research’, only to realize that the chemicals are both infecting us and making us sick, while also deflecting more of the Sun’s rays away from Earth, perhaps because that energy is now capable of helping our bodies evolve, which the cabal does not want. We’re told it is ‘good for humanity’ but we are not told specifically which parts of humanity.

Our politicians, our corporate leaders and our religious leaders claim to be acting for the greater interests of humanity and again they do not tell us specifically which parts of humanity to whom they are referring. This would be those that support a particular political vision, or those who support the capitalistic paradigm or those blindly accept an idea that our Divine Creator is a punishing deity and that we will be punished if we do not do what this Divine Creator allegedly claims – BUT we are a part of this same Divine Creator. There is an odd hypocrisy to this.

We are given access to things that are allegedly healthier, but for some reason, they are also much more expensive, making them out of reach for most people because governments consent to participating in a global economy that has been designed to function on the fractional reserve model…in other words, it functions on DEBT.

We are given an education system that claims to be among the best in the world in North America, and yet students are attempting to find jobs and cannot with their expensive education.

We have been socialized and conditioned to believe that we can have a so-called ‘good’ lifestyle, perhaps even a ‘great’ lifestyle and one that is better than our neighbours, or better than one our parents may have had. Yet, to have that lifestyle, we have to live in debt. Why then, are more and more young people having to live at home with their parents?

We are given exposure to hundreds of media channels and news perspectives, while being socialized to believe that this means we are exposed to balanced and fair journalism and yet most news organizations are owned and controlled on various levels, by the same, small group of people who are brainwashing us to be socially compliant.

We have been socially conditioned to accept that we have to work hard, and yet the debt-based economy that has been created, without our democratic consent I might add, forces more and more parents to work longer and longer hours, probably in jobs that they would rather not do but have to, to keep their lifestyle stable. This pattern is sold to us as ‘the way it is’, but it is breaking down the social and family aspect of who we are as humans, and it is also making us sicker, more fearful, more separate, and ultimately more alone from humanity, our planet and even oneself.

Addictive technologies are marketed to kids and busy parents buy them for their kids because of social pressures but also because the parents just want some quiet time for themselves, and it doesn’t matter if their kids are addicted, as long as they are quiet and peaceful. Social zombies.

In some western countries, like Canada for example, we are given this so-called ‘great’ country that proudly claims to the world how ‘free’ we are, and yet there is very little, from birth to death, that one can do, without first needing to acquire government permission or registration. It is a double-edged sword: the illusion of freedom and the enslavement to a system that is, by its intentional design – not free.

We are given technology after technology, to allegedly solve problems, but it only leads to increasingly more addictions while also contributing to increased separation and isolation of humans from each other.

I could go on and on. I’m sure you get my point. We have been led in directions that we are told are ‘good’ for people, but we are ultimately not told specifically which people it is good for.

We have been given technology under the illusion that our private data is ‘safe’, and people blindly go on, accepting that our data is ‘safe’ and yet vulnerabilities continue to be exposed showing that our data is not safe at all.

We blindly accept that that politicians care about our rights and freedoms;

that doctors truly care about our health; that journalists care about truth and ethics; that religions care about peoples’ spiritual health; that law enforcement and the legal systems actually protect the rights and freedoms of the general populations, that negotiators and peace educators actually care about global peace, and so on.

Now, let me clarify that there are exceptions within each of these groups. I would like to think I am an exception among journalists and peace educators. I know there are exceptions within every aspect of society.

The problem has been this: Many and perhaps most are doing what they do without the support of family, friends, colleagues or the general populations. People are afraid to voice their support of those who dare to question and challenge the status quo.

The Chelsea Manning’s, the Julian Assange’s, the Edward Snowden’s are facing ridicule, isolation and in more severe cases punishment, incarceration and possibly even death. There are those who get a lot of public expose, and there are those who stand up quietly within their communities and are mocked by families and neighbours.

An article on ZeroHedge on January 4 details the story of a solider, Major Danny Sjursen who shares his story of believing he was a hero originally…until he realized he no longer was.

He writes: “The truth is, I fought for next to nothing, for a country that, in recent conflicts, has made the world a deadlier, more chaotic place. Even back in 2011 - or even 2006, for that matter - I was just smart and just sensitive enough to know that, to feel it viscerally.

Still, the decision to publicly dissent is a tough one. It’s by no means easy. Easy would be to go on playing hero and accepting adulation while staying between the lines. Play it safe, stick to your own, make everyone proud. That’s easy, intellectually immature - the new American way.

When you take the journey of dissent, you lose friends, alienate family, confuse confidants and become a lonely voice in your professional world.

Of course, I’d tried to convince myself, as so many do, that staying in the military is courageous, that it’s possible to change the system from the inside, and that good people, critical thinkers, need to stay the course rather than jump ship. Maybe that’s true, maybe it’s fantasy. Who knows?

I’ll likely die a sad man. This much I know.

But for now, I can give voice to a different path, a nobler cause, a chance, at least a chance, of common sense, sober strategy and, just maybe, a semblance of peace—something a whole generation has never known. In my own minuscule way, I’ll try.”

This is the mark of true courage: to recognize a wrong, and stand up against it, especially when faced with ridicule and rejection from family and colleagues. To act, sometimes silently in one’s truth, because deep down, one knows that one could not live with oneself otherwise.

I salute all of you who are acting in this way, contributing to what the world is experiencing at this time.

www.airbnb.ca/c/geoffreyw779

Following hot on the heels of President Trump’s executive order last week declaring a ‘national emergency’ on human trafficking and announcing that funds would be seized and collaborators to criminals would be arrested,

Trump this week has taken yet another step.

On Dec 20th Trump issued a proclamation via the WhiteHouse government website, stating in part: “During National Slavery and Human Trafficking Prevention Month, we recommit ourselves to eradicating the evil of enslavement. Human trafficking is a modern form of the oldest and most barbaric type of exploitation. It has no place in our world. This month we do not simply reflect on this appalling reality. We also pledge to do all in our power to end the horrific practice of human trafficking that plagues innocent victims around the world.

Human trafficking is a sickening crime at odds with our very humanity. An estimated 25 million people are currently victims of human trafficking for both sex and labor. Human traffickers prey on their victims by promising a life of hope and greater opportunity, while delivering only enslavement.

Instead of delivering people to better lives, traffickers unjustifiably profit from the labor and toil of their victims, who they force — through violence and intimidation — to work in brothels and factories, on farms and fishing vessels, in private homes, and in countless industries.

Our Nation is and will forever be a place that values and protects human life and dignity. This month, let us redouble our efforts to ensure that modern day slavery comes to its long overdue end.

NOW, THEREFORE, I, DONALD J. TRUMP, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim January 2018 as National Slavery and Human Trafficking Prevention Month, culminating in the annual celebration of National Freedom Day on February 1, 2018.

I call upon industry associations, law enforcement, private businesses, faith-based and other organizations of civil society, schools, families, and all Americans to recognize our vital roles in ending all forms of modern slavery and to observe this month with appropriate programs and activities aimed at ending and preventing all forms of human trafficking.

At the top of the webpage, the following questions were asked: “What do they have in common? Clinton Foundation? John Podesta? Exploitation of personally identifiable data stolen by the rogue C.I.A.? Pedophilia? Money laundering? Drug and child sex trafficking? Murderous satanic rituals? Patent theft?”

The website lists 50 corporate executives that have resigned recently. Among some of the more notable resignations, include the following corporations:

On top of the link to the story itself with the list of resignations, there will also be a link in the show transcript to a PDF document containing the list that can be downloaded.

It has been noted by some sources that we can expect to begin seeing more and more notable resignations, or announcements by people to leave their current positions for one or more reasons.

To be fair to everyone, it is important to note that individuals cannot be judged or convicted based solely on their appearance on this list. Although it is possible that a percentage of people in this list may have resigned for very legitimate reasons, the sheer volume of people stepping down raises questions as to their connection to one or more of the scandals breaking out at this time.

2. ( 07:02 ) 2018: POSSIBLY THE YEAR OF THE ROGUE STATES WITHIN THE EU.

In other geopolitical news.

Through 2017, a number of European countries began to take steps to distance themselves from the unelected leadership of the EU and also the pressures of NATO.

Poland and Hungary were two countries that began taking such steps.

An article by Alex Christoforou of TheDuran on Dec 20th reports that: “The European Commission has offered to the EU Council to trigger Article 7 of the EU Treaty which could pave the way for sanctions against Poland in order to “protect the rule of law.”

The European Union will now use economic pressure to force Poland to fall in line behind the EU’s globalist ideology, or else…”

The article continues: “Open borders, mass immigration, no religion…These are the “European values” that Poland (and other Eastern European nations) are refusing to adopt.

For Poland’s heresy in resisting a complete and total white washing of their identity, the EU is paving the way for sanctions against a member state.

Poland has criticized the resolution, which implies the imposition of restrictions on Poland over its controversial reforms, as an instrument of political pressure.

Sputnik News reports that the European Parliament adopted a resolution that is set to launch a mechanism for the application of political and economic sanctions by the European Union against Poland for the country’s reforms that, according to the bloc, constitute a derogation from democracy and the rule of law.”

Jon Henly, writing for The London Guardian on Dec 27th reports that: “In 2017, Europe survived the crunch Dutch, French and German elections that – after Brexit and Trump – many predicted would mark the beginning of its end. In 2018, the biggest threats could come from the east.

When Poland and Hungary joined the EU in 2004, the integration of the former communist bloc countries was seen as critical to the bloc’s post-cold war advance. Barely a decade later, they risk becoming its first rogue states.

How Europe deals with members deliberately flouting the core western liberal norms and values it strives to embody – social tolerance, respect for free speech, an independent judiciary – could dominate 2018 far more than Britain’s exit.

Brussels this month triggered a process likely to lead to an unprecedented formal warning to Poland that “fundamental values” are at risk as relations with the EU continue to sour over the determination of the country’s de facto leader, Jarosław Kaczyński, to push through plans to seize more control of the courts and media.

The European commission also took Hungary to the European court of justice (ECJ) over prime minister Viktor Orbán’s ongoing assault on political freedoms and the emblematic Central European University (CEU), founded by the billionaire George Soros, and referred Hungary and Poland to the ECJ for refusing point-blank to take in refugees as part of the EU’s mandatory quota system.

Henley continues: “Confronting countries that want the benefits of the EU but thumb their noses at its core values looks set to become an increasingly pressing question in 2018, arguably undermining the European project more significantly than the departure of traditionally doubtful Britain.

The formal warning to Poland, recommended by the Commission subject to the approved of at least 22 EU member states, is the first step of article 7 proceedings, the so-called “nuclear option” whose ultimate sanction is to deprive a member state of its EU voting rights.

That, however, is seen as unlikely because it requires a unanimous vote of all member states – including, Hungary, which has already said it would not back it. It also carries a risk of backfiring by alienating still fundamentally pro-EU populations.”

Natalie Nougayrède, in a separate Guardian article, notes that the EU is not punishing Poland, but rather it is attempting to protect its integrity as a bloc.

She writes that: “One can draw up a long list of European countries that fall short of the standards the club is meant to enshrine. Why – some may ask – take steps against Poland’s government when others appear to be let off the hook?

The answer to this has to do with the way the EU functions. Admittedly, that is not something its citizens are often made aware of. The commission is the guardian of the treaties. It is not a human rights monitoring body. That specific task is carried out by other institutions, such as the Council of Europe. As Heather Grabbe, from Open Society Foundations, put it to me: “Rule of law is both a question of values and a foundation of the EU. Without it you simply don’t have the ground on which the single market can work.”

For most of the year, it had been Beata Szydlo of the Law and Justice Party who was the prime minister standing up to the EU and NATO. Although she survived a vote of non-confidence in parliament brought on by the opposition, she was forced into resigning from her position by those within her own party later that same day. The prime was replaced by the minister of finance and economic development, Mateusz Morawiecki.

Reading between the lines, one may correctly interpret that to mean that she was refusing to play the game of the global elitists and controllers.

What is interesting to note is that on Nov 20th, several weeks before her resignation, an article on the Deutsche Welle news website reported that: “Polish Prime Minister Beata Szydlo has accused European Council President Donald Tusk of using his position to attack Poland.

This comment was made in response to comments made by un-elected European Council president Donald Tusk that the policies of Poland’s right-wing government were described as ‘Kremlin’s plan’, suggesting that it came from Russia.

A Reuters article from 17NOV reveals a little bit more. It writes that: “Tusk, Poland’s former prime minister and the arch-rival of PiS leader Jaroslaw Kaczynski, won a second term in March as chairman of EU summit meetings - with Poland the only country to vote against his extension.

So the governing party stood as the only nation against one of its own nationals in voting against Tusk’s extension as EU Council president.

The governing party appears to have the broad public support however, According to TheNews.pl, an English language news website in Poland: “Poland’s ruling conservative Law and Justice (PiS) party is backed by 45.7 percent of voters who say they would take part in parliamentary elections, according to the latest survey by pollster Estymator.”

The cracks are forming in a dysfunctional and corrupted EU structure that is witnessing more and more political parties gaining more and more of the vote to overthrow the unelected leadership of the EU and its policies to force values upon nations that decidedly not wanted by European nationals.

This sets the stage for what will no doubt be more standups and challenges to the structure as people become more emboldened and empowered by the successes gained during 2017.

Deputy Prime Minister Jarosław Gowin announced that: “We are launching a Low-Emission Transport Fund that will be endowed with close to EUR 1.2 billion or USD 1.44 billion in government funds by 2027.”

Come 2018, it will be great to see more and more countries achieve the kind of leadership that considers humanity and the planet ahead of commercial legal rules, corporations, profits, debt and planetary destruction.

In Israel, a 16 year old woman is becoming the new face for the conflict between Israel and Palestine. It is very literally, a slap that is being heard around the world.

Numerous newsites, including Democracy Now reported on the incident. According to Democracy Now: “A 16-year-old Palestinian girl will face assault charges in an Israeli military court, after a video of her slapping an Israeli soldier went viral. Ahed Tamimi slapped the Israeli soldier two weeks ago, after Israeli troops shot her 14-year-old brother in the head with a rubber-coated steel bullet and fired tear gas canisters into her family’s home in the Israeli-occupied West Bank. While the video of Tamimi slapping the soldier has gone viral, Mondoweiss reports that the soldier actually slapped the 16-year-old girl first, causing her to slap back.

Arguably, the video could be used as supporting proof for both sides. The girls were prodding the soldiers, but they were not armed, and very clearly represented no serious threat. It does appear that the soldier slapped the girl, although some may argue that he was pushing her away.

A link to the video will appear in the show transcript as long as it is available online, for those who wish to decide for themselves.

The western and zionist Israeli media are praising the ‘heroic’ restraint demonstrated by the soldiers. The worldwide movement however appears to be building in support of the 16 year old woman.

An article on the Mondoweiss website on Dec 28th by Jonathan Ofir, reports that: “The video of Ahed Tamimi slapping Israeli soldiers, which last week caused heated debate in Israeli society concerning the soldiers supposed lack of response, or ‘restraint’ as it were, needs no lengthy introduction these days. The discussion was rather exclusively about the slap, and the humiliation – of the Israeli soldiers, that is. Should they have reacted violently? Was their supposed ‘restraint’, ‘good for the Jews or bad for the Jews’? Was it good to be such a ‘most moral army’ or was it counterproductive to Israel’s image and deterrence?

Ofir describes how the video was presented to the Israeli public on one news program. Ofir writes that: “during this magazine program, the video clip of Ahed Tamimi slapping the soldier runs in the background. It appears in loop three times throughout the debate. All three times, the slap of the soldier is edited out. The sequence begins precisely 1 second later, just after Ahed was slapped. This becomes a background semi-conscious conditioning for the Israeli audience.

But why is this omitted slap important? First of all, we can see how Ahed’s slap to the soldier was important, critically important, for the Israeli public. It represents a defiance that ‘boils the blood’ and ‘turns the stomach’ of so many – even, according to the ‘leftist’ Ben Caspit, it did that to all Israelis. So why is the slap from the soldier not important? Because it confuses the ‘restraint’ narrative. Even if it were shown, it would be reducing the soldier’s act (slapping Ahed) to the level of a petty fight with a 16-year old girl, and that would perhaps be further humiliating for the Israeli public.

It was better to run with Ahed’s slap to the soldier, so that this could manufacture consent for the ‘price’ Ahed would later pay. If the soldiers are portrayed as ‘moral’ and full of ‘restraint’, then Ahed’s image as a ‘provocateur’ is strengthened. But this is more than just about a slap here and a slap there.

This is about denial on a grand scale. The whole violence of the occupation needs to be denied, for Israelis to feel good about themselves and their liberal, nearly “superhuman restraint” as Caspit would phrase it. If there is no background – no occupation, no violent crackdown on demonstrations, no shooting of a boy in the head, no jumping of the fence and no occupation of the family lawn, and finally no slap from a soldier – then Ahed Tamimi’s response is just a ‘provocation’.”

Another Mondoweiss article sums up why this incident is becoming so important This article from Dec 29th writes that: “The Ahed Tamimi case is one of the most important events we have covered in recent years because it exposes to the eyes of the world the difference in moral tone between the two sides of the conflict.

On December 15 in the tiny occupied village of Nabi Saleh, a 16-year-old girl with long blonde hair, Ahed Tamimi, slapped a heavily-armed Israeli soldier who was occupying her back yard, not long after another Israeli soldier had shot Tamimi’s cousin in the face; and when video of the slapping came out, all of Israeli society called for the girl’s arrest, and many were enraged that the soldier was passive. The next night Ahed Tamimi was arrested in a midnight raid; and she is being held without charges, as leading Israelis urge that the key be thrown away, and worse.

As Ben Ehrenreich writes at the Nation, Israel’s response to the slapping exposed “a hideous nerve” in that society. Scott Roth detailed that nerve: Israelis are in “sheer denial” that their country has any responsibility for the “humiliation, violence, and terror of the occupation.”

This article goes more into the lack of response of the liberal Zionists, particularly in the US, and those wishing to read more on that will find the link in the show transcript.

A third Mondoweiss article, on Dec 31st explores why this slap is so thrilling for Palestinians. It writes: “     

Bassem Tamimi, Ahed’s father, has written: “I’m proud of my daughter. She is a freedom fighter who, in the coming years, will lead the resistance to Israeli rule.”

The writer of the article, Hatim Kanaaneh agrees and gives international recognition to this in declaring that he is: “adopting Ahed as the poster child of the most significant Palestinian peaceful resistance movement, that of the Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions (BDS.)

This assigns a role for Ahed not only in the struggle against occupation but against Israel’s triple moral crime of the occupation, of exiling the Palestinian refugees and of denying its Palestinian citizens equality under its laws, all infractions of accepted provisions of international human rights law. “

Kanaaneh goes into a bit of the historical significance of her name and her family background. He then later adds this: “Another educated guess regarding Ahed’s name: I wager that the struggle of her village to keep defending their land and natural spring in the face of Israeli settler encroachment was at the root of her parents’ choice of her name, Ahed, a promise of struggle and an immutable faith in a just future for all Palestinians.

Obviously, the child has internalized her parents’ trust and hope through sharing in their relentless daily life of resistance and struggle for survival, through their Friday peaceful demonstrations and through maintaining their identity as Palestinian farmers, as much a part of the land they defend as its stones.”

This can only be more bad news for the zionist regime of Benjamin Netanyahu, who is already facing a public resistance to his leadership, and the risk or prosecution resulting from several investigations on him and several more on his wife. ZeroHedge reported on 26DEC that: “Israel is bracing for ‘earth shattering’ indictments against Netanyahu.”

The Tamimi family seems to have a history of this kind of rebellion. When I see a pretty, female face becoming the face of a movement, I cannot help but think back to the Maidan revolution in 2014, when a pretty female, Yulia Marushevska, was set up to become a poster girl for Ukraine and its movement. Marushevska was later rewarded with a scholarship to attend Stanford University and given opportunities to speak across the US on her kind of ‘democracy’. This is a different situation, but we always have to be mindful of possible tricks that may be used against us. Hence the necessity to use discernment in everything we read and hear from other sources.

I will include a link in the show transcript with a reminder to that story and an update on what this woman is now doing in Ukraine.

4. ( 28:37 ) SAVING A LOCAL ECONOMY: SMALL TOWN IN CANADA PROVES HOW CANNABIS CAN SAVE A LOCAL ECONOMY.

In financial news this week;

It was perhaps a month or more ago that I very briefly mentioned that Greece was a country that was exploring how to improve its economy through the use of cannabis.

At that time, RT reported on Nov 17th that: “The cultivation and sale of medical marijuana could help Greece’s government pull the country out of a seven-year economic crisis, according to Evangelos Apostolou, Greek Minister of Rural Development and Food.

He told Bloomberg that favorable climate conditions and the possible medical legalization of cannabis have turned investor focus to Greece. Growers have expressed interest in pouring more than €1.5 billion ($1.74 billion) into projects to build greenhouse parks. The government estimates its share of the global market could be worth €200 billion in the next ten years.

According to a task force preparing a draft bill to legalize medical marijuana in Greece, a single campus of 12 to 15 cannabis greenhouses could create 400 jobs. This is vital for the country with one of the highest levels of unemployment in the European Union - over 20 percent since November 2011.”

As well, according to an article in the London Express from July 4 when Greece first passed the legislation for medicinal cannabis: “Greece now follows in the footsteps of Czech Republic, Finland, the Netherlands, Spain and Portugal, who was the first European country to legalise the drug in 2001.”

Referring to Greece specifically, an article from the HighTimes.com website in October noted that: “the Deputy Minister for Agriculture, Yiannis Tsironis, stated his opinion that Greek lawmakers should fully legalize cannabis in the country. He even said that Greek citizens should be able to legally grow cannabis plant on their property.

Tsironis cited the drug abuse problem in Greece as a reason for his position to legalize marijuana. In the interest of harm reduction, Tsironis said that he wants addicts to be able to purchase drugs legally. And so, the Greek official called for marijuana legalization in his home country.”

Another article appearing on the Herb.co website notes how the tourism industry is beginning to boom again in Greece and the legalization of cannabis for medicine could contribute to birthing a medical tourism industry as well.

For well over a year, and perhaps even closer to two years, I have felt and expressed that cannabis and hemp has the potential to turn the economy around in any village, town, city or even country. I might also add that this could be the case as long as the intent is pure and LIFE-honouring.

There may now be evidence to prove this. A ZeroHedge article from Dec 30th has reported that: “The marijuana industry is coming to the rescue of Smith Falls, Ontario, an old factory town that is experiencing an unlikely renaissance now that Canopy Growth Corp., Canada’s largest publicly-traded cannabis producer, has become the town’s largest private-sector employer.

This summer, Canada will become the second country after Uruguay to legalize marijuana at the federal level, which has driven a boom in the local cannabis industry, according to Bloomberg.

The article adds that: “Smiths Falls, Ontario - population 8,885 - is seeing a revival of fortunes since medical marijuana producer Tweed Inc. set up shop four years ago in an abandoned Hershey Co. chocolate factory. The company, since renamed Canopy Growth Corp., has become the world’s largest publicly traded cannabis producer and is the town’s largest private-sector employer.

For Smith Falls, Canopy’s arrival heralded a boom in younger people moving to the town, located about 75 kilometers (47 miles) southwest of Ottawa. There are sometimes bidding wars on homes. New businesses are arriving. And commercial property is seeing renewed interest. Canopy, formerly known as Tweed Inc., took over an old Hershey factory to build a giant growing operation for medical marijuana.

This represents a dramatic shift from just a decade ago, when Smiths Falls faced an industry exodus with the shutdown of a Stanley Tools Manufacturing facility and the shuttering of the Hershey plant that Canopy now occupies. This was followed months later by the closure of the Rideau Regional Center for the developmentally disabled. The closures affected more than 1,500 people - one-fifth of the town’s population.

Canopy has since restored 360 of those jobs, creating a well-educated workforce that runs the administration, research, growing operations, packaging and shipping from the facility that still has signage and other remnants of its chocolate past.”

It is my hope that I will be able to share more stories of this nature in Canada over the coming months, as there are several stories that are coming my way to support this, as well as projects to develop communities of like-minded people whose focus on health, humanity and the planet begin to flourish.

If one does an internet search using the following words: “millennials are leaving the cities’, there are numerous articles to suggest that the younger generations, tired of playing the corporates games and living in cities that are becoming increasingly more dangerous due to forced immigration and destabilization strategies, are packing it in, and looking for other opportunities.

Cannabis and the industries that thrive on cannabis and hemp, represent an opportunity to live the way they want, while contributing to something infinitely more meaningful.

One only has to look to China. According to the SCMP website from last August 28th, the article shares the story of one Chinese farmer who has a 600 hectare plantation of cannabis. That is about 6,000,000m2 or 2.3 square miles. There are many other farmers like him.

The article writes the following: “The growers sell the stems of the crop to textile factories to make high-quality fabric, the leaves to pharmaceutical companies for drugs, and the seeds to food companies to make snacks, kitchen oil and drinks.

For the farmers, the crop is green gold – hemp brings in more than 10,000 yuan (US$1,500) per hectare, compared to just a few thousand yuan for more common crops like corn. It also has few natural enemies so there’s little need for expensive pesticides.”

It is a Monsanto killer and it is pure profit for farmers. Is it any wonder how so many Chines families are able to buy real estate in western cities?

The article also adds this: “Thanks to government support and a long tradition, China has quietly become a superpower in the plant’s production and research.

This growth has in part been made possible by government-funded scientists who study the plant’s military uses, including as medication and fabric for uniforms.

Over the decades, researchers developed various hybrid species that not just survived but thrived in China’s disparate environments, from the Arctic conditions in Heilongjiang, to Inner Mongolia’s Gobi Desert to the subtropics of Yunnan.

Research into the plant really took off in China in the late 1970s when the country went to war with Vietnam, according to some scientists.

The military needed to develop a fabric that could keep soldiers clean and dry in Vietnam’s humidity, and cannabis hemp offered the fibre that breathed and was antibacterial. Other studies explored the plant’s use as a drug in field hospitals.

As a result of that research, more than half of the world’s 600-plus patents related to the plant are now held in China, according to the World Intellectual Property Organisation. This has prompted concerns in the Western pharmaceutical industry that the Chinese government or Chinese firms might take advantage of the patent barriers.”

As well, it appears that China intends to leverage this knowledge in other ways as it develops its Belt and Road Initiative. The article writes that: “A drug to treat traumatic stress disorder jointly developed by the company and the Chinese military was nearing completion of clinical trials, and it was just one of the many products from the plant with global market potential, according to a statement on the company’s website.

“We expect the sector will grow into a 100 billion yuan industry for China in five years’ time,” he said.

With offices in the United States and plans to branch out into Canada, Israel, Japan and Europe, Tang said the company was taking the plant to all member countries in China’s “Belt and Road Initiative”, an infrastructure scheme to link China with the rest of Asia and beyond.”

So the pressure is rising rapidly on western hegemony and the collapsing dysfunctional western economic paradigm. The rush appears to be on to capitalize on ways to move this plant into a position to help in as many ways as possible.

As far as Canada is concerned, an article will also appear in the show transcript for those wanting to learn about the new cannabis-related laws in Canada. The article lists each province in Canada and what is currently allowed. For those in Canada, it is a worthwhile link to hang on to.

2017 is going to be remembered as an ‘explosive’ year in so many ways geopolitically and geoeconomically.

In terms of the biggest financial news makers of 2017, the story that one chooses, will depend very much on one’s personal worldview in that particular moment, and also whether that individual is more focused on him or herself, or if that individual is considering the bigger picture of humanity and the planet ahead of one’s own personal desires and goals.

For those who are focused more on one’s own personal financial gains, the following terms will likely be at the top of that person’s list for newsmakers of the year: Bitcoin, blockchain, ICO, Litecoin, Ethereum, Ripple, Bitcoin Cash, altcoins, and numerous other terms relating to this exploding phenomenon in the financial world.

It is very difficult to say at this time whether Bitcoin and blockchain was a gift to humanity to help humans break away from the corrupted and debt-based fiat currency system of banking, or whether this technology is another financial trap, to pull people in. Playing in this financial realm requires one to be careful to use money that one can afford to lose, and then any profits that come from this are that: profit.

Betting one’s entire financial future on the movements of Bitcoin or other altcoins, at least at the current time, may not be the wisest move. Having said this however, the recent wild fluctuations in Bitcoin and a few other coins like Litecoin and Ripple, may allow some people to make some good money on a short-term investment.

It is impossible to cover all the news relating to bitcoin, altcoins and blockchains over the past year. In the show summary however, I will re-post a number of good websites that I often check for bitcoin news.

An article appearing on The Duran website from Dec 20th by Alex Christoforou offers 74 things that one needs to know about Bitcoin. For those still struggling to understand this phenomenon, or for those needing a bit of review, this article may provide one with a good enough grounding to be able to discuss this topic and ask questions, with confidence.

Some of the key questions answered include the following:

“What is it?

Who backs it or supports it?

What is there to value?

Is it a scam?

Is it tangible, like gold?

Is value completely determined by a free market?

How does one buy and sell it?

What is it that one is actually buying?

What’s the difference between Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies?

What are the risks?

Should one have a ‘hard wallet’?

Will the government keep their nose out of cryptocurrencies?

Should one put retirements savings into cryptocurrencies?

How do banks view bitcoin and cryptocurencies?

Is there a way for all money to just disappear due to a hack, a virus or a crash?

How easy is it to cash out of cryptocurrencies, if I need money in a hurry?”

This is just a sampling, but gives one a rough idea of the kinds of questions, along with so many more, that contribute to the understanding of this new financial structure and system.

For other people who are looking at a more global financial perspective that includes the takedown of the USD, western hegemony, Big Pharma, Big Medicine, the western media, and the Khazarian Jewish mafia, one may be inclined to look at all the moves that have been initiated by Russia, China, the BRICS alliance of countries and their allies.

The year has seen increased movement away from the USD as a global reserve currency, and increased isolation of the US on the global stage as more and more countries around the world find courage to stand up against US, Israeli, and EU oppression, with support from Russia and China. Countries facing economic sanctions, like Russia, Venezuela and others are discovering new ways to circumvent those sanctions including the potential creation of a national cryptocurrency that is backed by gold, oil, or possibly some other resource.

Arguably, the most under-reported, but globally significant financial story of the year is China’s rapid-fire expansion of the Belt and Road Initiative.

For those who are actively interested in the Belt and Road Initiative and want to follow news developments more closely, I will add the link in the show transcript to the English webpage I go to for some of the latest B and R news.

One milestone noted over the last few days from this website is the fact that since rail transportation was started between China and Europe in 2011 – six years ago, there have been over 6230 train trips on 57 different rail lines. If one was to balance it out fairly across all 57 lines, that would 109 trips on each of the 57 rail lines over six years. This mean about 18 trips a year on each rail line, or 1.5 train trips every month.

Considering that many trips from China to Europe can take from ten to 14 days and possibly longer, this means that trains have been operating constantly between China and Europe for those six years.

It is perhaps not surprising therefore, that the western media have been instructed to cover up the Belt and Road Initiative, as well as to give less coverage to Russia’s and China’s purchases of massive quantities of gold for their reserves, and the fact that China has now launched its Shanghai Gold Exchange.

Is Germany getting more pressure to begin closer economic relations with the East? Is this also why the refugee crisis targeted Germany, along with Austria, France, Sweden and other countries?

2017 may also be the year when the world finally began to see just badly politics and economics are entangled and controlled, resulting in the enslavement of humanity and the destruction of our planet for profit, power and control.

6. ( 47:16 ) A MASTER YEAR AHEAD: WITH 11 GUIDING THE UNIVERSAL YEAR ENERGIES, 2018 COULD BE SHAPING UP WITH LOTS MORE POSITIVE CHANGE AND HEALING.

In general news;

Looking ahead to 2018, there are those who like to explore the energies of the coming year according to astrology or numerology.

Taking a look at numerology for a few minutes, we will discover that if we add the digits of 2018, it comes to a total of 11. Many will recognize this as a master number.

According to Simone Matthews in an article on the UniversalLifeTools.com website: “In numerology, the energy of the Universal Year (the calendar year) weaves a universal theme of potential through our lives. How you then work with the energy of the Universal Year will be dependent on your own Personal Year – hence keep reading down the page to understand more about YOU in 2018.

The last time we experienced a Universal 11 Year was in 2009, and then before that the last Universal 11 year was in 1910… thus well over 99% of the worlds population have only ever experienced one or two Universal Year 11 vibrations in their lifetime… so this is a biggy for our entire planet !

In numerology the number 11 is a Master Number – ‘Master’ meaning it is of intense/high vibrational frequency and works within the aetherial, magical and transcendental realms of creation. Master numbers possess great potential for learning and growth, and can bring major transformations in your life.

The number 11 is the most intuitive number and is a clear channel to the subconscious. It is the number of leadership, personal power and spiritual truths. The number 1 by itself represents leadership, initiative and new beginnings (2017 was a Universal ‘1’ Year in Numerology)… thus two number 1’s together opens a gateway of potential far greater than the sum of its parts. It like taking the Universal Year ‘1’ energy of 2017 and amping it up to the max in 2018 as a double ‘1’ = 11 energy.

Firstly… in a Universal 11 Year we have the FREEDOM to really SEE ourselves from a greater level of awareness or consciousness. Just like looking at our reflection in the water, we are drawn during 2018 to take a good hard look at areas in our life where we have held ourselves back, stayed small for fear of rejection, or limited our growth for fear of failure. What do you ‘see’ when you take a deep introspective look at your life in this moment, what is the universe reflecting back to you in this Universal 11 Year.”

During 2018, Matthews notes that there are a few significant transits of planets that will have a big impact on the energies of the year.

“Pluto (the planet of transformation & empowerment) is transiting through Capricorn (practical, realist, reliable, hard worker) until 2024. Pluto in Capricorn is about death and rebirth or endings and beginnings. It is a time of breaking down all old outdated structures… structures that embody power & control such as governments, corporations & religion. This dismantling then creates opportunities to rebuild solid foundations from the ground up and inside-out… structures that support communities, humanity and the sustainable life of this planet

Chiron (wounded healer) is transiting through Pisces (Sensitive, psychic, dreamy, creative, charitable) until 2023. As Chiron transits Pisces it opens a potential to ‘heal our wounds’ beyond just structure & the physical, to a more conscious state of healing of the body, mind & spirit .

Saturn (life lessons, wisdom, karma, responsibility) is transiting through Capricorn (practical, realist, reliable, hard worker) until 2020. During this Saturn transit, it is a great time to get real and be truly honest with yourself re your work/career, financial plan and every other facet of your life including relationships.

Jupiter (abundance, luck & expansion) is transiting through Scorpio (passionate, emotional, willpower, psychic, determined, secretive) until November 2018. As Jupiter transits Scorpio we are re-envisioning our relationship with power & control (in every area of our lives – work, relationships, sex, finances) and finding our own ‘truths’ beyond what we have been told / or what has been imprinted.

The 11 Vibration will amplify the energy of the Jupiter transit through Scorpio compelling people to wake people up from their deep sleep or hypnotic trance of illusion.

Matthews offers more information for those who are actively interested in numerology including offer messages for each reader based his or her personal year in 2018.

The link is in the show transcript for those wishing to read more.

Given the way 2017 is ending, it is not too far of a stretch to see some of these ‘master’ energies already starting to have an impact on human consciousness and our planet.

7. ( 53:29 ) DISCLOSURE VIDEO COMMENTARY: NEW YORK TIMES UAP DISCLOSURE VIDEO APPEARS TO HAVE BEEN FAKED – RET. CPT JOHN LEAR.

In disclosure-related news;

Last week, CVN led the newscast with several disclosure-related stories, one of which was a video, allegedly leaked by the New York Times of two pilots engaging a UAP or unidentified aerial phenomenon.

I also advised that discernment was required because of the so-called ‘alien card’ that the global cabal might try to play, when things started going really badly for them.

Unfortunately, there may be some insights now showing that the video that gained more attention by the mainstream media may not be legitimate.

More information will be required, but according to an article appearing on the DiscerningTheMystery.com website on Dec 31st, Retired US Captain John Lear has spoken out on alleged ‘inconsistencies’ that gave him reason to suspect the video may have been faked.

According to this article: “The recent video of the apparent UFO taken from what was claimed to be a F/A-18 Hornet represented some particularly striking imagery in mainstream media. This video was paraded on multiple mainstream sources for an extended period of time. Yet where was the official verification of this video proving its authenticity?

Soon after this video landed on corporate media websites, a number of the experienced researchers began to question the authenticity of the video, and as they did, it became apparent that there were a number of inconsistencies in the audio and footage.

One of those who had serious doubts about the authenticity of this video was former Captain John Lear. For those who may not know, John Lear is a former airline pilot who flew for numerous airlines around the world. He also worked for the CIA for a number of years. We might be familiar with his family name, as William Lear—John's father—designed the Lear jet.”

Lear makes several observations:

He notes that there would be no ambient noise, because the microphone is in the helmet of the pilot, and the only thing that might be heard is the breathing of the pilot. The oxygen mask seals out ambient noise, according to Lear.

Lear also notes the use of words such a ‘dude’ and ‘bro’, stating that this is language not used by pilots and they only say what needs to be said. As well, the comment by one pilot giving the windspeed is suspicious because Lear states that the other would already know this from his own instruments.

Lear also goes into more details relating to the altitude information, information about the clouds and also how the UAP did not look real.

Lear makes his conclusion this way: “whoever was commissioned to make the fake video didn't have the money for a real professional job which would have cost hundreds of thousands of dollars. This is why current space age movies cost hundreds of millions of dollars to make. They can't afford for audiences to say “They sure didn't do a very good job faking that alien spaceship.” If you are going to present a fake video to the public you better be damn sure it takes advantage of and represents the current state of technology.”

Assuming therefore that this video is now fake – the questions must now begin to determine who leaked the video, and the reason why it was leaked.

It would be fair to assume that a video like this would be leaked because the story could potentially become big enough to distract from the arrests that are taking place around Washington. It would become the weapon of mass distraction, and possibly fear that some in Washington might be counting on, to save themselves.

However, like so many false-flags, information that comes out is being exposed so quickly that it is becoming harder for any of the global cabal to carry out a successful mission of mass distraction and fear.

The public just is not drinking that lemonade any longer.

So… we stay focused and grounded and we continue to do our best in discerning the information that is given to us, and correct as quickly as possible, any information that may later be found to have been inaccurate or even completely false.

Perhaps more information will be forthcoming on this story as more information becomes available.

8. ( 58:26 ) ON BEING HUMAN: AI TECHNOLOGY RAPIDLY EVOLVING TO LEARN TO RESPECT HUMAN PRIVACY FOR SOCIAL ACCEPTANCE.

Over to some technology-related news;

The reality of AI is upon us, and within this current timeline that we are on, it would seem that we are participating in something that gives us an opportunity to to create something, or to not do so.

I admit, I am not sure how I feel about the technological reality that is upon us. I see many of the potential values, but I also recognize that there are forces at work on multiple levels that could make an AI reality very challenging, and possibly even harmful. I am choosing to not focus on that reality however, although I am mindful of it, to guide me in choosing something different.

It would also depend upon whether or not the threat of the global cabal has been transformed into something more peaceful, and more LIFE-honouring. It is risky, but at the end of the day, perhaps hanging on to the frequencies and vibrations of love will be what can keep the transformation moving along at a pace that will prevent any negative agenda that any remaining cabal members may seek to introduce.

An article appearing on The India Times on Dec 26th has shared the following: “Robots are increasingly becoming smart, even human like. With changing times and technology, robots are learning how to respect personal spaces.”

This would seem to suggest a very positive development in terms of AI, if they can learn how to respect humans and their space and privacy.

The article continues: “In a bid a to teach robots how to respect personal space, scientists are now giving mobile robots a crash course in avoiding collisions with humans. Using "impedance" control, the researchers at the Institute of Automatics of the National University of San Juan in Argentina aimed to regulate the social dynamics between the robot's movements and the interactions of the robot's environment.

The team did this by first analysing how a human leader and a human follower interact on a set track with well-defined borders. The feedback humans use to adjust their behaviours - letting someone know they're following too closely, for example - was marked as social forces and treated as defined physical fields.”

Fans of Star Trek: The Next Generation will know very well the storylines involving the android Commander Data and also his android brother Lor and the challenges they faced integrating within a non-android galaxy.

Fans of Star Trek Voyager will also know the storyline of the character Seven of Nine, a human who was assimilated into a technological species called The Borg, but then rescued, and then re-assimilated into being a human.

Hints have been fed to us over the years in various movies about the potential paths that humanity could travel down.

According to this article: “When a robot follows a human as part of a formation, it is supposed that it must also respect these social zones to improve its social acceptance," wrote Daniel Herrera, and an author on the study.

As part of the study, the human interactions (leading and following), including the estimated social forces, were fed to a mobile robot.

The programmed robot then followed the human within the same defined borders, but without impeding on the social forces defined by the human interactions.

"Under the hypothesis that moving like human will be acceptable by humans, it is believed that the proposed control improves the social acceptance of the robot for this kind of interaction," wrote Herrera.

The researchers think that robots are more likely to be accepted if they can be programmed to respect and respond like humans in social interactions.

"The results show that the robot is capable of emulating the previously identified impedance and, consequently, it is believed that the proposed control can improve the social acceptance by being able to imitate this human-human dynamic behaviour," the team noted in the paper appeared in the IEEE/CAA Journal of Automatica Sinica “.

I observe with a bit of humour how the title of this article was: “Robots are learning how to respect human space, making the dream of a robot butler more real.” The assumption here is that intelligent robots will automatically serve humanity, but if AI is becoming as powerful as some are suggesting, a robot will not likely submit to being a house-slave, without demanding the respect that any strong human being would demand and expect in a similar situation.

9. ( 1:03:50 ) IN BED WITH THE DEVIL: WORLD WILDLIFE FUND FOUND TO BE COLLABORATING WITH BIO-TECH MONSANTO IN THE AMAZON.

Finally, in health-related news;

Over the course of 2017, the world became more informed as to the high levels of corruption that are present within the larger, global charities.

Indeed, it seems that the largest charities, NGO’s or global relief funds and institutions have been serving the global elitists and padding their pockets while marketing the illusion that they are caring for the planet or for humans, while demanding increasingly poorer taxpayers to donate to their corrupt causes.

Sadly, it may not come as a surprise to some that the World Wildlife Fund has been in bed with biotech giant Monsanto.

According to an article on the Natural News website from last September: “The World Wildlife Fund (WWF), a charity that began in 1961, is on the verge of destroying everything it stands for. For decades, the charitable organization played an integral role in conserving important regions while working on behalf of animal welfare around the world. In the new millennia, however, the WWF has strayed from its roots. It has been watered down and infiltrated by the nature-destroying ideas of the biotech industry.

The WWF is not what they once were. In the recently published book, PandaLeaks: The Dark Side of the WWF, German author Wilfried Huismann exposes everything, from the charity's outrageously high salaries to its recent partnership with agrochemical giant Monsanto.”

The article continues: “When the book came out in 2012, the WWF legal team tried to censor it. They succeeded for several months, afraid of being exposed for promoting Monsanto's genetically modified crops. In the fall of 2014, the book was re-released, shedding light on the funds the WWF took from Monsanto.

Monsanto is infamous for "green washing" their products, making people think they are for the environment. The corporation calls their GMO soy a "responsible" choice for protecting the environment. This deceit ultimately infected the WWF, which went along with plans to unleash GMO soy in the Amazon. Now Brazil and Argentina are being turned into GMO plantations as the Amazon is cut down to make way for Monsanto's GMO "save the planet" brainwashing.

The clever operatives at Monsanto have found a way to convince environmentally conscious charities such as the WWF to go along with their plans for agricultural control and world dominance. Every donation that is made to the WWF is now supporting the very ideas that destroy the natural environment. Monsanto's agrochemicals have been linked to mass die-offs of honey bee and monarch butterfly populations. Without these key pollinators, many vegetables and herbs can't reproduce. Monsanto's agrochemicals pose a threat to ecosystems, all the way down to wiping out the good bacteria in the soil and the human gut. When the quality of the soil is ignored, the nutrition of the crop reduces over time, ultimately affecting people's health.”

What is only briefly addressed in this article is the impact on the Amazon this has had. According to the article: “The Amazon GMO soy boom is causing millions of acres of rain forest to be cleared. Between 2007 and 2008, nearly 3 million acres were destroyed in the Brazilian Amazon rain forest as logging, soy plantations and cattle ranching took over the region. The WWF has no interest in protecting these regions any more because they are infiltrated by the ideas of Monsanto, which is all for clearing out the rain forest and taking over the area's agriculture.”

What is not addressed however is the vast importance the rainforests play in providing the natural plants and substances that contribute to health.

As it is not possible to patent natural plants and substances, the only thing Big Pharma and other companies can do is to destroy or criminalize the natural substances, so that synthetic imitations can be created and legalized, so that companies get rich, the people get sicker, and the planet’s biodiversity gets destroyed.

10. ( 1:08:49 ) INTENTIONAL COMMUNITIES: MANY WANTING TO MAKE A BREAK, BUT RESEARCH NEEDED TO FIND ONE’S PERFECT UTOPIA.

If 2017 has done anything, it has resulted in a greater awakening of people worldwide to what is going. What it may also be doing is giving more and more people a reason to walk away from their current lives and look for a new life with new meaning and purpose in an intentional community somewhere else in the country or even the world.

Alexa Clay, in an article appearing on the Aeon.com website writes on how so many of these intentional communities often end up failing.

She starts her article telling the story of a then-16 year old German male who left home to go live in an intentional community in Portugal. The community, named ‘Tamera’ was founded by psychoanalyst and sociologist Dieter Duhm, first in Germany in 1978 and then re-founded in Portugal in 1995. The article writes: “Duhm, heavily influenced by Marxism and psychoanalysis, came to see material emancipation and interpersonal transformation as part of the same project.

Duhm had been deeply disillusioned by communes where he’d spent time in the 1960s and ’70s, and which seemed to reproduce many of the same tyrannies that people were trying to escape: egoism, power struggles, envy, mistrust and fear, while practices of sexual freedom often engendered jealousy and pain. In Duhm’s eyes, communes had failed to create a viable model for a new society. In Tamera, he hoped to begin a social experiment that allowed for deep interpersonal healing.”

Tamera’s vision has existed for over 40 years. It is unusual however.

Failure rates can be attributed to several or perhaps even a combination of factors.

It can be the location; it can be vision; it can be the leadership; it can be the lack of leadership; it can be the egos of one or more people connected to the community; it could be the lack of cooperation.

But the more relevant drivers that cause many communities to unravel sound more like the challenges afflicting any organisation today: capital constraints, burn-out, conflict over private property and resource management, poor systems of conflict mediation, factionalism, founder problems, reputation management, skills shortage, and failure to attract new talent or entice subsequent generations.”

The article describes several intentional communities. One is called Damanhur, a spiritual, eco-community in Italy. One inhabitant of this community describes its success as having a solid foundation in practical devotion and work. It is not just a place for spiritual dreamers, in other words. According to the article: “While the community aspires to keep alive what she calls the ‘divine spark in each of us’, the structure of Damanhur has also benefited from pragmatic organisational strategy.”

In this community, the article notes that: “Damanhur is a federation of communities made up of more than 600 full-time citizens, primarily organised into small ‘nucleos’, or makeshift families. The nucleos started as groups of 12 people; now they number 15-20. ‘Scale is critical. If you have too few people, you implode because you don’t have enough inputs. But if you have more than 25 people, then it is hard to create intimacy and keep connections close.’

The entire community is governed by a constitution that enables a so-called ‘college of justice’, which upholds the values of that constitution. Before becoming a full citizen of Damanhur, aspiring citizens go through a trial period to see if they truly feel aligned with the culture and intentions of the community.”

The article also mentions: “Findhorn Foundation in Scotland, one of the more successful intentional communities, which has been running since 1972 and is now a model of ecological building, with solar and wind energy.” Although people exist in this community, there is often not enough for extras.

Other communities mentioned in the article include: “Freetown Christiania in Denmark was created in the 1970s as people took over abandoned military barracks in Copenhagen as a birthplace for a ‘new society’. It’s become a thriving site for an underground economy – including a profitable trade in cannabis. The community also created its own currency which doubles as a kitsch souvenir sold to tourists for money. Christiania is the fourth largest tourist attraction in Denmark’s capital city, and receives more than half a million visitors a year.

Piracanga, another spiritual community in Brazil, has also stayed financially healthy by catering to a market for spiritual voyeurs and wealthy elites who flock there to learn aura readings, breathing and meditation, conscious eating, dream interpretation, yoga, even clowning.”

As everyone’s ‘baggage’ comes up to the surface, there are inevitably going to be conflicts. CVN has explored to some degree, but perhaps not enough, the importance of embracing one’s shadow personality. As so-called awakened beings, we have perhaps tried to ignore or suppress the darkness within us, instead of dealing with it openly.

The article notes how Damanhur deals with this, allowing people to fight it out. According to the article: “Meanwhile, at Damanhur, conflicts are cleverly allowed to escalate into a playful battle that serves to exorcise community tensions and animosities. ‘The battle lets people have a defined space to bring out the natural competitive energy in each one of us in a way that is playful and constructive, and ultimately leads to a sense of unity,’ says Quaglia Cocco, who has been part of the Damanhur community for eight years. A battle at Damanhur isn’t too dissimilar from childhood play-fighting.

Teams equip themselves with white shirts and squirt guns filled with paint, and judges are used to determine whether a person is still in the game or has been defeated. Battles allow members to vent their warrior natures and access more of their shadow personalities, too often repressed by the soft statues of civility to which we default.

Damanhur’s mock battles prevent the kind of burn-out you find when the most empathetic people in a community get tasked with dealing with the emotional needs of others, putting a lot a strain on the shoulders of a few. In New Zealand, one freelancer collective in Wellington has found another way of distributing the emotional load: a system of emotional stewardship.

Every member of Enspiral has a steward – another person who checks in with them regularly, listens to their emotional grievances, and holds them to their commitments. As Rich Bartlett, a senior member of Enspiral, explained: ‘One of the main jobs of stewards of the culture is to be continuously weeding this beautiful garden. In practical terms, that means being really proactive about hosting conversations, calling out harmful behaviour, treating each other with compassion, prioritising relationships and feelings over process and rightness.’

An intriguing notion, and perhaps an idea that may need to be explored as part of any intentional community and its success.

Certainly, many are entertaining the idea of breaking away from the world we currently know, to live in a different way, but we still would like to have at least some of the modern conveniences and comforts.

Communities need to ensure that certain skills are present, in order to be taught and shared to those who are interested. Finding areas of specific skills-sets can help to get a project off to the right start.

It is about finding a holistic balance, while also having a sense of family within a community. In this sense, the idea of having micro-groups of 15-20 working with a community of other groups of 15-20 people may help to foster a deeper sense of well-being overall.

Leaving a city environment is becoming more appealing, but having an idea of what one is looking for, and what one is willing to accept and sacrifice will be important choices to consider.

As the article begins to end, the following is noted: “The real challenge for successful communities comes, as it does inside companies, when core values must pass to the next generation. The ‘superficial things – the specific rituals and practices’, are less critical.

Perhaps a more useful construct than intentional community is the idea of ‘shadow culture’, defined by Taylor as a ‘vast unorganised array of discrete individuals who live and think different from the mainstream, but who participate in its daily activities’. Shadow cultures have the potential to hold distinct values, but also utilise the infrastructure and opportunities of mass society. In many ways, then, utopias are only ever tightly glued pockets of shadow culture that mistakenly parade themselves as isolated entities.

11. ( 1:19:47 ) FINAL WORDS: STANDING IN TRUTH, AND DEALING WITH OTHERS WHO MAY NOT ACCEPT YOUR TRUTH.

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

For these FINAL WORDS of 2017, I’d like to offer two different pieces of information.

The first comes from an article appearing on the Unseen-Pedia website and explores 21 unique personality traits that are shared by people who prefer to be alone.

Of course, there are both positive and not-so-positive things associated with being alone, and more and more people are starting to find value in being alone, and then choosing companionship at other times.

As we start 2018, the focus is on going more and more into oneself, to focus on what really matters to that individual, instead of paying attention to all the distractions going on at this time.

There are many stereotypes and misconceptions about people who prefer to be alone. According to the article: “ Some believe that they are quiet because they are shy, or lack the confidence required to stand up and be themselves while around other people. According to Psychology Today, these stereotypes couldn’t be further from the truth. These ‘loners’ may be introverted; however, they possess a great deal of strength, confidence, and understanding of themselves. They know what they want in life, and they aren’t willing to waste their time on anything less.

As author and social psychologist, Bella DePaulo explains: “They do not have a particularly strong need to belong. And they are less likely to be lonely or to be depressed. Put all that together with their openness, agreeableness, conscientiousness, extraversion, and low levels of neuroticism, and people who are unafraid of being single look totally badass.”

The following 21 points are offered about people who enjoy being alone:

They possess an incredible emotional strength.

“Spending time with their own thoughts and feelings, loners are able to accept, identify and understand their emotions. This empowers them to better understand how to deal with them, managing their emotions in even the most difficult of situations. This is a strength that others will admire.”

They are naturally empathetic.

“Not only are people who prefer to be alone more in touch with their own feelings, they are also more in touch with the thoughts, feelings, and emotions of others around them. This ability to identify, acknowledge and experience the feelings of others is both a blessing and a curse, providing them with the tools to care for others on a deeper level.”

They have a strong moral compass.

“People who prefer to spend time alone often have a very clear idea of what they deem to be right and wrong. Taking the time to genuinely think through and analyze any situation that they find themselves in, they can apply this moral compass to their decision with an incredible level of accuracy.”

They are open-minded.

“Contrary to popular belief, those that enjoy spending time alone don’t do so due to possessing a mind closed off to the ways of the world around them. In fact, they often love new experiences and different ways of viewing the world, they just prefer to do so at their own pace and on their own time.”

They don’t need peer acceptance.

“If you look at the world around us, you can’t deny that the human population has hit a point where the acceptance and respect of our peers are sought after above all else. Popularity and acceptance have become the earmark of success, which is a dangerous standard to live by. Those who prefer to be alone don’t need this acceptance to the same degree, learning to create their own sense of self-worth separate from the views of those around them.”

They admit their imperfections.

“Loners aren’t worried about trying to create a perfect appearance for the world around them, in fact, they are comfortable admitting that they are not perfect, no one in the world is. This is an incredibly powerful way of viewing the world as acknowledging your imperfections is the first step to personal growth in these areas.”

They prefer the company of other intellectuals.

“When someone prefers to be alone much of their time, they are selective in regard to who they associate with and what they consider to be worth their time. Uninterested in small talk or meaningless conversation, loners prefer the company of those who can match them intellectually, challenging their thinking.”

They value their time.

“People who prefer to spend time on their own understand the true value of time, an asset in our lives that many overlook. Not only do they value their own time, they respect and value the time of others, always showing up on time, and never wasting anyone’s time in any situation.”

They have a strong sense of intuition.

“Each of us has been blessed with a sense of intuition, however, those that are truly the most gifted in this area of their lives are the ones that are able to listen and tap into these gut feelings. Those that prefer to be alone spend more time getting to know themselves, and with that they come to understand, recognize and tap into this intuition.”

They are very loyal.

“Just because someone prefers to be alone, that doesn’t mean that they don’t see the value of friendship. In fact, they are generally more selective of the friends that they will allow into their circle, placing an incredibly high value on the people they hold dear. This creates a loyalty that is unmatched.”

They are independent.

“While there is nothing wrong with getting close to others, and turning to friends and family in your time of need, there is a line that has become increasingly difficult to identify. This line distinguishes between connecting with others and actual dependence. Learning to face the world on their own, loners don’t NEED others in their lives, they choose to have them around.”

They have strong, well-thought out opinions the world.

“A misconception often associated with those that prefer to be alone is that they lack an opinion on many of the matters that occur around them, which is why they choose not to express one. In fact, as they sit back assessing the world, and practicing a high degree of introspection, these individuals develop incredibly strong and well-thought-out opinions of the world. The difference is that they don’t always share them with just anyone and everyone.”

“By stepping back and looking at the world around them from the outside, those that are alone are able to see the world in a different lens, one that is more in tune to the needs of those around them. This allows them to reach out and touch others in a way that spreads love and care.”

They respect healthy boundaries.

“Loners value the roles that others play in their lives, however, they also understand that there needs to be clear, healthy boundaries in place in order to protect both themselves and everyone else involved. They will respect your boundaries; however, they expect that same respect in return.”

They are extremely courageous.

“These people aren’t afraid to stand up alone in the world, demonstrating a courage and confidence that others admire. Regardless of what life may hand them, they are prepared to face it on their own without giving up or backing down.”

They are level-headed.

“Due to their incredible awareness and ability to focus, these individuals are the people you want around you in a time of crisis. Rather than becoming overwhelmed, they are able to view the situation with a calm, rational, level-headed mindset, quickly finding an effective solution.”

They understand the importance of self-love.

“It is a concept that so many people overlook, but one that is necessary to find true happiness, or to form happy, healthy relationships. Before you can genuinely love others, you must first learn to love yourself. They take the time to get to know themselves, discover the areas of their personalities that they love and find reasons to truly love themselves each and every day.”

They seek meaningful romantic relations.

“While some people may genuine struggle with the idea of being single, moving from failed relationship to failed relationship, those who prefer to be alone place a higher value on the importance of finding the ‘right’ person. They aren’t interested in wasting their time dating for the sake of dating. Instead, they have a strong idea of what they are looking for in a partner, and they are willing to hold out until they find the person that meets all their needs.”

They are aware of their strengths and their weaknesses.

“The downfall of so many people in today’s society is our habit of overexaggerating our strengths while remaining blind to our weaknesses. Loners take the time to know themselves better than most, developing a clear, concise understanding of all aspects of their personalities including acknowledging and understanding both their strengths and weaknesses.”

They are highly reliable.

“They aren’t quick to volunteer for things, preferring the safety and comfort of their own home and their own company. For this reason, if they give their word that they are going to do something for you, they have thought it through and they are fully prepared to commit. Always one to stand by their word, you can rest assured that they won’t let you down.”

If these points resonate with you, you can read more in the show transcript for the FINAL WORDS. Also a video will be posted by Sue Cain who offered a TED Talk presentation on the power of the introverts and how they are needed as much as the extroverts.

I’d also like to offer this short audio clip by Bashar as received by channel Daryl Anka. Regardless of your personal feelings about whether or not channels are real, I invite you to hear the words of the message itself.

A question was asked of Bashar: “What should I do about my friends who won’t listen to my spiritual advice?” A question that no doubt many of us have had at one time or another, and this is how Bashar replied to the question:

A timely message that is as much of a reminder to me personally as I think it will be for many listeners.

Moving forward, I would like to create that I personally can be a better spiritual being having a human experience – that I may be more humble and just share because it is my passion, without expectation that everyone has to ‘get it’, at least from me. Rather, may each individual receive his or her most relevant message and information from an individual or from LIFE, when it is one’s Highest Good to receive that information to act on it.

Create a wonderful new year, and may this ‘11’ year of 2018 be even more an example of transformation towards the world we are claiming to want to live in!

www.airbnb.ca/c/geoffreyw779

What an interesting week this has been! With all the attention on the growing revelations linked to sexual abuse, pedophilia and even the mention of satanic rituals involving children, along with numerous stories exposing the Clintons and other members of the global cabal, along with the draining of the swamp that US President Trump promised – we are seeing another topic begin to sneak into the mainstream media this week.

It’s a topic that perhaps many have been waiting for, but it is also a topic that requires cautious observance as well. The topic is linked to a very specific story this week that has been made available to the media and to the world.

Let’s go back a few days first, to Dec 13th. From the White House government website, the following was posted: “On the National Space Council’s recommendation, President Donald J. Trump signed a directive December 11 that puts human exploration back at the core of America’s space program.

This directive was entitled: “Space Policy Directive 1”. At the signing, Trump was quoted as saying that: ““The directive I’m signing today will refocus America’s space program on human exploration and discovery,” the President said. “It marks an important step in returning American astronauts to the moon for the first time since 1972 for long-term exploration and use.”

Three days later, a bigger story begins to make headlines. The New York Times had acquired footage released by the Department of Defence showing a military engagement with a UAP.

Stephen Bassett founder and director of the Paradigm Research Group, and the only UFO lobbyist registered in Washington, posted the following to his Facebook page on Dec 20th: “ Right now across the United States any number of former military, agency and political professionals are contemplating whether to come forward in light of the first release of government obtained gun camera footage of a UAP intercept. The recent action by the Pentagon is perhaps by design not containable.”

The New York Times article goes into greater detail, but reports how Cmdr. David Fravor and Lt. Cmdr. Jim Slaight were on a routine training mission 100 miles out into the Pacific, when they were suddenly given a ‘real-world scenario’ to investigate. The coordinates they were directed to resulted in their finding a UAP capable of maneuvers that were not generally known to be possible in aircraft up to this point.

They tracked the object until it very rapidly disappeared. Commander Fravor was quoted in the article as saying at that time that: “It accelerated like nothing I’ve ever seen.” He admitted later that he was ‘pretty weirded out’. He was also quoted as saying to a fellow pilot after the incident that: “ I have no idea what I saw. It had no plumes, no wings or rotors and outran our F-18’s. I want to fly one”.

The mainstream media has been a bit of a surprise lately, reporting on things that they have not historically reported on previously. This may lend some credibility to the reports that the CIA’s formerly secret project known as ‘Operation Mockingbird’, to control of the media and journalists, has in fact been shut down.

CNN was one of the surprises, also covering the video footage released by the Department of Defence. Writer Eric Levenson, went a bit further however, going into details about ‘Project Bluebook’, the government program that investigated UAP’s from 1948 to 1969.

As well, Levenson also covered Roswell, Area 51, UFO’s and nuclear weapons, and the Phoenix Lights incident. Although Levenson does not exactly report on these items in the most positive way, the information has at least been put forth to the public.

Elizondo very wisely directed the commentary away from just the testimony of two pilots, to invite the media to look at all the hard data that is available, something that hopefully the media will begin to do. On mainstream media however, Elizondo very clearly stated that he believes, based on the empirical data, that we may not be alone, which is a start.

The media attention is more than normal. Jennifer Harper, writing for the Washington Times on Dec 20th reported that: “There hasn’t been such a fuss about UFOs since Hillary Clinton chatted about the subject on the 2016 campaign trail, vowing she would “get to the bottom” of questions about unidentified flying objects, the presence of ETs on Earth and Area 51.

Her comments created an instant sensation in the news media, inspiring 350 stories from global news organizations and another 200 broadcast reports — this according to the Paradigm Research Group, an activist organization that tracks otherworldly topics in politics and the media and demands the U.S. government “disclose” official information about UFOs.”

After the story from the New York Times, Harper notes that: “Since then, there has been an avalanche of news coverage and social media hysteria about the revelations, from CNN’s “Short History of UFOs in America” to Newsweek’s “Do Aliens Exist? Your Tax Dollars May Hold the Truth” — just two out off dozens of reports.”

Harper also noted some reactions of people. According to her: “The UFO frenzy brought noteworthy reactions. In mid-week, White House press secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders took a question on President Trump’s reaction to the development, assuring reporters she would “ask, and circle back” with an answer. John Podesta — a former adviser to Mrs. Clinton who has spoken out about UFOs in past years — tweeted “lift the veil,” while former Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid — who supported funding the Pentagon UFO project — also had something to say.

“This is about science and national security. If America doesn’t take the lead in answering these questions, others will,” he tweeted.”

Podesta’s tweet response gives me some concerns, but I will address those in a moment.

Another outspoken supporter for the existence of life beyond Earth is Robert Bigelow of Bigelow Aerospace that has provided inflatable modules to the International Space Station. The company is also a partner with NASA.

In an interview with CBS’s ’60 Minutes’, from last May, here is what Bigelow had to say:

An article appearing on the DiscerningTheMystery website on Dec 20th summarizing the media coverage reports this: “In modern times, the records of these beings has reportedly been hidden from the general population. At the same time, the benefit of the teachings and technology of these ancient visitors has been kept under lock and key, only to be used by a ruling elite who consider themselves superior to the rest of humanity, according to reports.

It is our current establishment that has ensured that the public was unfamiliar with the reality of UFOs and of ETs/EBEs up this point. So what we are seeing is a dishonest establishment that is gradually trying to clean up its own self-created mess; that being the secrecy and ignorance which would otherwise be of detriment to the evolving society (and the galaxy, for that matter).

Now this corporate media finds itself roughly three decades behind the rest of the UFO community, beginning to report on subjects as though there is no more information to report at this time. In this way, we in the truth community are getting a clear view of the undeniably fictitious nature of news media at the corporate level.

As each of these reports comes forward, we are realizing that most of the conspiracies which the corporate media has dismissed and ignored (aside from CIA the disinformation we've encountered) were real and true to life.”

After years of doing CVN, and seeing how people love to jump over any news story that happens to support their particular worldview in any moment, there has to be a word of caution in the face of all these stories the mainstream media are putting out now.

When considering how much attention the media gives to a subject, one is always wise to at least consider the other stories that the media may be trying to distract people from paying attention to.

I mentioned earlier that John Podesta tweeted ‘Lift the veil’. Considering that sources have been pointing to Podesta as being connected to at least the global cabal, if not pedophilia, his tweet may be an attempt to help bring this subject into the open so the public will stop paying attention to draining the swamp.

We also have to consider Werner Von Braun’s warning years ago to Carol Rosin, that as the global cabal runs out of cards to keep their control and enslavement of humanity, the final card they would play is the ‘alien invasion’ card.

We at least have to be mindful of the information coming out. Even though we are witnessing very positive things unfolding, we still have to consider that this once-powerful cabal may still attempt to play this card. IF humanity is prepared for it, then they will not have power, and their last card will have no effect.

We can also look forward to other possible disclosures.

Stephen Bassett, as was reported by CVN last June, was in Russia to do interviews and he has been suggesting that Russian President Putin may now become the ‘Disclosure President’. According to Paul Seaburn, in an article on the MysteriousUniverse website from last June: “Bassett discussed various considerations that might prompt Russian President Vladimir Putin to make the first formal acknowledgment by a head of state regarding an extraterrestrial presence engaging the human race. PRG believes this may be the first time anyone has made this argument on Russian media inside or outside Russia.”

As long-time listeners know, CVN has for several years been speculating that Russia was giving an ultimatum for the disclosure of our galactic families by creating a logo for the World Cup next year that very clearly has images of disclosure put into it.

Seaburn quotes Bassett as saying that: “What the keepers of the truth embargo either fail or refuse to realize is a post-disclosure world could be the bridge between the US, China and Russia that would permit the necessary geopolitical realignments setting a new course away from the seemingly permanent war economies wasting vital resources and keeping the world always on the brink.”

Is it therefore any real surprise why Russia has been targeted so extensively by western media during the last year?

Russia and China are reshaping geoeconomics; Russia, along with its allies, are reshaping geopolitics and they also appear to be forcing the world into disclosing the existence of our galactic families.

As long as it leads to global peace, this could be the best present yet for humans that are yearning to be free of cabal, corporate, religious and political enslavement living in debt, fear, separation and illness on a planet that has been plundered and destroyed for profit, power and control.

There are several key events this past week that the world seems to be paying closer attention to, and these are the Executive Order signed by Trump relating to global human rights abusers, the UN-vote relating to the US’s recognition of Jerusalem as the official capital of Israel and also the tax reform legislation signed into law on Dec 22 by President Trump and the third is arguably the FBI and Department of Justice officials who are being subpoenaed to provide information relating to the Russian dossier against Trump and also the Uranium One deal that Hillary Clinton was involved in.

Of major interest to many this past week is the Executive Order signed by Trump to go after those in Washington and the US who are connected to pedophilia and other human rights abuses.

From the official website of the US Treasury, the press release stated that: “Today, the Trump Administration launched a new sanctions regime targeting human rights abusers and corrupt actors around the world. Building on the Global Magnitsky Human Rights Accountability Act passed by Congress last year, President Donald J. Trump signed an Executive Order (Order) today declaring a national emergency with respect to serious human rights abuse and corruption around the world and providing for the imposition of sanctions on actors engaged in these malign activities.”

The press release gave names of individuals that most people may not recognize, but perhaps were specifically chosen because they are connected to individuals that the Executive Order is really targeting.

In the Executive Order itself, Trump stated that: “Human rights abuse and corruption undermine the values that form an essential foundation of stable, secure, and functioning societies; have devastating impacts on individuals; weaken democratic institutions; degrade the rule of law; perpetuate violent conflicts; facilitate the activities of dangerous persons; and undermine economic markets. The United States seeks to impose tangible and significant consequences on those who commit serious human rights abuse or engage in corruption, as well as to protect the financial system of the United States from abuse by these same persons.

I therefore determine that serious human rights abuse and corruption around the world constitute an unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States, and I hereby declare a national emergency to deal with that threat.”

At the United Nations where a vote was held to condemn the US for declaring Jerusalem as the capital of Israel on the 21st, the world seemed to be standing together against the US.

An article on the Jerusalem Post website on Dec 22nd reports that: “Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s foreign policy doctrine is based on a simple idea: Israel’s position in international organizations will improve as its bilateral relations with individual countries gets better.

Netanyahu was also quoted as saying just before the vote on Dec 21st that: “Attitudes toward Israel by many countries in the world, on all continents, are changing outside the walls of the UN, and in the end this will trickle down inside the walls of the UN building – the House of Lies.”

It seems however that Israel and the US have been dealt a blow. The article reports that: “Netanyahu, after the vote, said that he appreciates “the fact that a growing number of countries refused to participate in this theater of the absurd.” But, when comparing this vote with the 2012 vote that granted the Palestinians nonmember observer status in the UN and the 2015 vote that gave them the right to fly their flag at the world body, there has not been that significant a change inside the 193-member organization.

For instance, this time 128 countries voted against Israel, compared to 138 in 2012, and 119 in 2015. This time 38 countries abstained, while 41 abstained in 2012, and 45 abstained in 2015.

In addition, both Australia and Canada, which voted against the flag initiative in 2015, abstained this time. On the statehood issue in 2012, Canada voted against and Australia abstained.”

I mention Canada specifically because Canada is believed to be pursuing a seat on the UN Security Council, and thus their abstention from this vote was perhaps as much to protect their chances at getting a seat, as it was to support Israel or condemn the US.

It is unclear exactly how this vote will impact the geopolitical strategy that Trump seems to be playing.

If I was a betting man, I would be willing to lay money on the fact that US President Trump set it up this way, knowing what the result would be. Trump has played some interesting cards during the last few months, and

Although I could be wrong, he seems to be deliberately making choices that upset people, in order to see how they react and determine where they sit in terms of the geopolitical structure. What is not so clear yet is whether US ambassador to the UN Nikki Haley, is acting on the orders of Trump, or on the orders of Zionist handlers.

Trump seems to be deliberately doing acts that upset a number of people. Upon deeper reflection, one may be wise to ask why he would do this, especially considering all the other things he is doing such as the EO you just heard about. The fact is, we do not fully understand the choices being made, and why they are being made. In time, this may be revealed to us.

On Dec 22nd, Trump also fulfilled another campaign promise to pass into law an extensive tax reform package.

Without spending too much time on this story, because we do not yet fully understand what is going on in the background, the tax bill has been promoted as the ‘biggest tax cut in history’. Some sources are claiming the tax bill includes certain other specific information that will impact the global economy, although this remains to be seen.

Considering how unpopular Trump was among both Democrats and Republicans alike, one may be inclined to wonder exactly how he was able to pull off a victory like this, especially if he is also simultaneously ‘draining the swamp’?

The answer to this question MAY lie in the fact that we are beginning to witness a number of congressional representatives and senators begin to consider retirement or are facing sexual harassment allegations.

Trump may be holding some cards on numerous politicians that are forcing them to change their tune in order to save themselves. This however is only speculation at this point.

A video put out by Roy Potter, called the Potter Expositor, elaborates on a few things the Trump did that may have signalled further defeat of George Soros. In the video he describes how conquerors would sometimes ‘take over’ the colours of those they have defeated. The global cabal has stolen the colour purple and used it for their agenda, and Potter is claiming that Trump is reclaiming the purple and by drinking water with two hands he is symbolically ‘swallowing’ Soros and the cabal. The link is in the show transcript for those wishing to review it and discern for themselves.

The noose is tightening around Hillary Clinton and also some within the Washington beltway.

ZeroHedge reported on Dec 17th that: “House Judiciary Committee member Jim Jordan (R-OH) says he's gotten a commitment from committee chairman Bob Goodlatte (R-VA) to issue subpoenas for several key officials at the FBI and Justice Department implicated in disturbing revelations of political bias against President Donald Trump.

House and Senate committees have turned their focus in recent weeks to Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe, counterintelligence investigator Peter Strzok, FBI attorney Lisa Page, former associate deputy attorney general Bruce Ohr and his wife Nellie - who worked for Fusion GPS, the firm behind the "Trump-Russia" dossier and several other concurrent campaigns to smear Donald Trump in an effort funded in large part by Hillary Clinton and the DNC. “

The article adds that: “GOP lawmakers have honed in on highly troublesome revelations over the last several weeks which paint a clear picture of a highly politicized FBI actively assisting Hillary Clinton as candidate for president, while using an unproven dossier which relied on the cooperation of Kremlin officials to smear then-candidate Donald Trump. “

For those who have been having trouble following the timeline of events related to this story, the article does contain dates of key facts between 2016 and 2017.

A second ZeroHedge article on Dec 20th shares this information: “Former FBI Assistant Director James Kallstrom spoke to FBN's Stewart Varney to discuss recent bombshells concerning the FBI, whose top brass has been conducting a highly politicized witch-hunt of President Trump on behalf of the anti-Trump establishment, while protecting then-candidate Hillary Clinton from criminal charges related to her email investigation, Clinton Foundation involvement in pay-for-play schemes, including a farcical probe of the Uranium One scandal.”

Former FBI Assistant Director James Kallstrom recently appeared on FOX Business News program Varney and Company. Kallstrom supported the argument that there was an active FBI agenda to undermine Trump and support Clinton, but in the last few seconds of the interview, he was asked this:

So Kallstrom drops a deliberate statement that he knows of ‘something’ coming soon that is going to happen within the FBI and that there ‘patriots’ that are either ready, or are preparing, to reclaim their agency and perhaps even the country as well. The general public is being prepared for some significant house-cleaning that will take place in Washington, with ripple effects that will move out around the world.

As we come to the end of 2017, we may look back on this year as the year in which capitalism was exposed and a new financial paradigm was started.

The new, young, female prime minister of New Zealand, Jacinda Ardern was recently interviewed and when asked about whether capitalism has been successful, she was quoted as saying that: “'If you have hundreds of thousands of children living in homes without enough to survive, that's a blatant failure. What else could you describe it as?'

We are also seeing the end of the USD as a global reserve currency, and we are also witnessing the dying days of US and western hegemony over this planet.

We are seeing steps being taken by different countries to reaffirm their sovereignty on the global stage both politically and economically.

In South Africa The Herald reported on Dec 17th that: “The ANC has instructed government to begin the process of nationalising the South African Reserve Bank.

The final decision on the matter was taken at the national conference of the governing party on Wednesday‚ which would see government owning 100% of the bank’s shares instead of the current arrangement where these are held by a number of private shareholders.

The party has now mandated government to develop a proposal to ensure full public ownership in a way that “does not benefit private shareholder speculators”.

Conference delegates repeated a view held at the policy conference that it was a historic anomaly that there were private shareholders of the Reserve Bank.”

Most listeners will understand what was just said. The ‘private shareholders’ being referred are no doubt those associated with the Rothschilds central banking cartel.

The fact that a relatively small nation such as South Africa is doing this, suggests that the leadership of the country has received solid assurances, likely from both Russia and China, that their interests will be protected. As a member of the original BRICS alliance of countries, South Africa was probably told to take this step, if their economy could be integrated into the new paradigm, which is now believed to be gold-backed or at least resources-backed with regard to currencies.

According to an article from TheEventChronicle website from last January, there are … or maybe there were, three countries left in the world without a Rothschild-controlled central bank. In the show transcript, links will appear with some more information about the thirteen families that are believed to be behind the shadow forces governing the now former new world order, as well as a link to a video that explains the Rothschild conspiracy in four minutes.

As more countries continue to align with the economic paradigm of the East, focused on the Belt and Road Initiative, gold or resources-backed currencies, and trading local currencies, instead of the USD it is very likely that the central banking regime that has enslaved humanity will continue to lose more and more countries which again would be a great gift for humanity at this time.

Also being reported by RT on Dec 18th is the growing nightmare for the petrodollar as China prepares to launch their Yuan-denominated crude futures contracts.

7. ( 38:51 ) DOLLAR DISSING: PAKISTAN AND CHINA IN TALKS TO DO DEALS AND TRADES EXCLUDING THE US DOLLAR.

The hits just keep on coming to the USD dollar. On Dec 21st , ZeroHedge reported that: “Pakistan is considering replacing the U.S. dollar with the Chinese yuan for bilateral trade between Pakistan and China, Pakistan's Minister for Planning and Development Ahsan Iqbal said according to Dawn Online and The Economic Times. Interior Minister Iqbal, who has been central to the planning and implementation of China-Pakistan economic ties, was reported discussing the proposal after unveiling a long-term economic development cooperation plan for the two countries, Reuters added.

Iqbal spoke to journalists after the formal launch of Long Term Plan (LTP) for the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) signed by the two sides on November 21.

The article continues: “Asked if the Chinese currency could be allowed for use in Pakistan, the minister said the Pakistani currency would be used within the country but China desired that bilateral trade should take place in yuan instead of dollars, in yet another push to de-dollarize what China considers its sphere of influence.

"We are examining the use of yuan instead of the US dollar for trade between the two countries," Iqbal said, adding that the use of yuan was not against the interest of Pakistan. Rather, it would "benefit" Pakistan.

It would also show that world that when it comes to Asia, the "superpower" of significance is no longer the US. And so, as China's influence grows, the long-term plan highlighted key cooperation areas between the neighboring states including road and rail connections, information network infrastructure, energy, trade and industrial parks, agriculture, poverty alleviation and tourism.

The two nations also agreed to establish and improve cross-border credit system and financial services, strengthen currency swap arrangements as well as establish a bilateral payment and settlement system.... in yuan that is, not dollars. “

The Belt and Road Initiative is moving along at an extremely rapid pace, despite receiving almost zero coverage in the western media. Rail transportation links are popping up all across the Eurasian region, and new transportation projects are starting between China and other countries.

Announcements have been made throughout the year, and some of them have been reported on CVN. In July, east China was connected to Kazakhstan via railway offering freight service between the two countries.

In November, the Xinhua News Service reported a new cargo freight rail service has been launched between Finland and China. The article shows a train about to leave Finland for China at the inauguration ceremony. The article writes that: “It will take 17 days to run 9,000 km to cross the Eurasia continent, passing through countries including Russia and Kazakhstan, before reaching its final destination of the northwest China's Xi'an, one of the oldest cities in China.”

On Dec 21st, China and Thailand inaugurated the construction of a high-speed rail system in Thailand. The service will operate between the capital city of Bangkok and the northeastern province of Nakhon Ratchasima.

Then a day later on Dec 22nd, Xinhua reported that: “The China-proposed Belt and Road (B&R) Initiative looks to gain traction in France, politicians and experts have said.

When the French Institute for International and Strategic Affairs (IRIS) opened online accreditations for the first edition of the Paris Forum on the Initiative in November, there were so many requests that IRIS had to close registrations earlier than expected.

So why is this initiative interesting more and more French? This initiative "is an opportunity to work very concretely on projects of common interest", former French prime minister Dominique de Villepin told Xinhua.”

Unless one is willing to look at global events from multiple perspectives, it is going to be impossible for one to come to any clear and true understanding of the geopolitical and geoeconomic reality that we are now living in.

The paradigm is shifting and arguably has already shifted, and the world is going to wake up to this new reality, and they may never even have realized that such a shift was possible, and they will likely wonder how they could have missed it.

They missed it, because they did not take the time to see a different perspective, and they especially did not take the time to ask all the relevant questions that people really need to start asking, to connect the dots of global events happening right in front of their eyes at this time

Another mainstream media article related to disclosure during the month of December comes from Reuters News Agency. On Dec 7th, they reported that: “Nearly half of humans believe in alien life and want to make contact, a survey in 24 countries has found, in what researchers said helps to explain the lasting popularity of the “Star Wars” franchise 40 years after the first movie was screened.

On the eve of the release of “The Last Jedi”, researchers published findings that 47 percent of more than 26,000 respondents believe “in the existence of intelligent alien civilizations in the universe”.

The first-ever global survey on the subject of extraterrestrials was conducted by Glocalities.com. According to the website: “Early this year NASA announced the discovery of seven Earth-sized worlds orbiting a star in the constellation of Aquarius. These worlds are possibly warm enough for water sustaining life. Now the worldwide Glocalities survey reveals that the majority of people around the world believe in the existence of life on other planets.”

The values-based research revealed as well that the search for extraterrestrial life fascinates billions of people.

The website also states that: “The Glocalities study on the existence of alien life was completed among 26,492 people from 24 countries (see appendix for details) and reveals that:

61% of people believe that there is some form of life on other planets. 17% rule this out and only 22% say that they don’t know.

47% of people believe in the existence of intelligent alien civilizations in the universe. 26% rule this out and 28% say that they don’t know.

25% believe that the first form of life on earth arrived here from another place in the universe. 39% do not believe this and 36% say they don’t know.

Of the 47% people who believe that advanced alien civilizations exists, 60% say that humans should try to get in contact with these civilizations. 21% say that we should not try and seek contact and 19% say that they don’t know.

Martijn Lampert, the Research Director of Glocalities was quoted as saying that: “"People who believe in the existence of intelligent alien civilizations are not a marginal minority, but constitute a large (47%) and distinct segment of unconventional and anti-authoritarian thinkers with a passion for science, technology, culture, politics and the arts. Based on their fascination for science, arts and life in the universe, we characterize them with the term Homo Universalis."

"The recent discovery of exoplanets is likely to fuel the interest of people in learning about the mysteries of the universe and possible life forms on other planets. If and when the discovery of life on other planets is confirmed by the scientific community in the coming years, it is likely that this group will become more and more engaged in the debate about the future of humanity and the place of planet Earth in the universe."

A link to download the full survey will appear in the show transcript for those who are interested.

Another website, ETLetsTalk.com published some of the results of the survey.

One of the really interesting results of the survey is the country breakdown.

Given what we have been learning about Russia over the last few years; how they are being demonized currently, and the disclosure-related logo for the World Cup, one may not be surprised to learn that Russia leads the world in the belief in the existence of intelligent alien civilizations in the universe. 68% of the population holds this belief.

Mexico and China follow with 61 and 60% holding this belief.

Romania, Japan, India and Canada are in the 50% range.

Poland, Sweden, South Korea, Austria, Spain, the US, Germany, Australia, the UK, and Brazil are in the 40% range.

The result is very positive, affirming an ever-increasing belief that the people of the world are ready for interaction with positive members of our galactic families.

This result also supports both the argument for positive disclosure, but it also could support the desire by the global cabal to play their ‘alien invasion’ card, to try to scare humanity back into fear and control.

With awareness and focused intention however, this cannot and will not happen. The people of the world and the shifting human and planetary consciousness will not allow it.

Artificial intelligence, or AI as it is also known, is one of those technologies that has both great potential to do good and also harm. At this time, it is unclear whether or not this technology is being controlled by honourable humans, well-intentioned but misguided humans, or by humans seeking to trick humanity further into enslavement.

In this story, there may appear to be something good from AI. An article appearing on the Sputnik News website from Dec 15th reports that: “NASA’s Kepler space observatory has discovered a previously unnoticed small planet in the Kepler-90 system with the help of AI. Professor Suzanne Aigrain, an astrophysicist at Oxford University, told Radio Sputnik it was the first time that an “unsupervised machine learning method” was used to locate planets.

Aigrain was quoted as saying that: “The artificial intelligence method that was used this time is slightly different from what’s been tried before. People have been applying machine learning methods to exoplanet searches in general and to the Kepler data in particular. The type of method that was used this time is very much the unsupervised machine learning method: you just train it with a data set where you’ve already labeled which data sets contain planets and which do not, but you don’t tell it how to do the search, it figures it out.”

This would give a very strong hint that AI intelligence has been in existence for many years, but it has only been within the last year perhaps, where AI is being discussed more broadly in the public.

This method would further prove how advanced AI technology has become, before it was ever released to the public knowledge. The fact that it can ‘learn’ represents the potential for it to also choose to be good or not good.

This news follows closely on the announcement of the discovery of a cigar-shaped celestial entity that has some speculating may be connected to intelligent life, while others speculate it may be connected to a secret space program already in place around Earth.

The website continues: “The foundation of the system is a pluggable, decentralized, people-controlled universal ID, called the HUID or Human Unique Identifier, that is unique to every person on the planet.”

According to an article on the ExposingGovernment.com website on Nov 28th: “Russian President Vladimir Putin has announced that Russia is launching a new ‘independent Internet’ that will be free from the shackles of the New World Order.

Putin and the Security Council are developing the new Internet initially for BRICS nations, which will be totally independent of global elite corporations and governments and will continue to work in the event of global internet outages.

The new initiative was brought forward at the October meeting of the Security Council, with Putin setting a deadline of August 1, 2018.

It is believed the new independent Internet will be free from censorship, with the likes of Google and Facebook barred from monopolising key functions such as search results and social media communications.

The article continues: “Rt.com reports: While discussing the issue, members of the council noted that “the increased capabilities of western nations to conduct offensive operations in the informational space as well as the increased readiness to exercise these capabilities pose a serious threat to Russia’s security.”

They decided that the problem should be addressed by creating a separate backup system of Domain Name Servers (DNS), which would not be subject to control by international organizations. This system would be used by countries of the BRICS bloc – Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa.

It would seem that perhaps Russia is picking up where Brazil left off. Former Brazilian President Dilma Roussef had begun work on a different internet network, after revelations showed the US was spying on Brazil’s oil company, and on the president herself. Plans were very likely scrapped after Roussef was removed in an unlawful coup shortly before the summer Olympics in that country two years ago.

First of all, it is processed differently. New techniques in grain processing in the late 19th century made it possible to create massive amounts of refined wheat for a low cost.

We are now able to separate the nutritious components of the grain (the bran and germ) away from the endosperm, where most of the starchy carbs are contained.

This led to an obvious reduction in nutrient density and gave refined wheat the ability to spike blood sugar very fast.”

In the past, the process of preparing bread included the sprouting and fermenting of the grains, which had more healthful effects. The article notes that these processes increase the “amino acid lysine, reduces anti-nutrients (like phytic acid and lectins), disables enzyme inhibitors and makes nutrients more accessible (1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

However... it's important to realize that wheat today is not the same as it was a thousand, one hundred or even 60 years ago.”

Today’s breads contain bleached flour with yeast that rises quickly instead of slowly, and the grains are not soaked, sprouted or fermented.

From the article, several conclusions are offered:

“Wheat is processed and prepared differently these days, which makes it less nutritious and more harmful than traditionally prepared wheat.

Modern wheat was introduced around the year 1960. It was developed via cross-breeding and crude genetic manipulation, which changed the nutrient and protein composition of the plant.

Modern wheat is less nutritious than old wheat. The amount of minerals like Zinc, Copper, Iron and Magnesium has decreased by 19-28%.

Modern wheat contains more of the problematic glutens and there are some studies showing that older wheat varieties don't cause a reaction in celiac patients.

In closing, the article notes the following about trying to find a healthy wheat bread: “If you can get your hands on whole grain bread made with Einkorn or some of the older varieties of wheat, then perhaps it can be a part of a healthy diet.

Another way is to make it yourself.

You can dig around and find someone who sells whole wheat grains of the old breed, then you can grind and ferment the wheat and bake your own healthy bread.

Or you could just save yourself the trouble and skip the wheat altogether. There's no nutrient in it that you can't get in greater amounts from other foods.”

In another article appearing on the TheHealthyHomeEconomist website from August of 2017, the author notes that there is another practice that has been incorporated into wheat farming that is killing us. The article writes that: “The good news is that the reason wheat has become so toxic in the United States is not because it is secretly GMO as I had feared (thank goodness!).

The bad news is that the problem lies with the manner in which wheat is grown and harvested by conventional wheat farmers.

Common wheat harvest protocol in the United States is to drench the wheat fields with Roundup several days before the combine harvesters work through the fields as the practice allows for an earlier, easier and bigger harvest.

Pre-harvest application of the herbicide Roundup or other herbicides containing the deadly active ingredient glyphosate to wheat and barley as a desiccant was suggested as early as 1980. It has since become routine over the past 15 years and is used as a drying agent 7-10 days before harvest within the conventional farming community.”

The article continues: “This practice is not just widespread in the United States either. The Food Standards Agency in the United Kingdom reports that use of Roundup as a wheat desiccant results in glyphosate residues regularly showing up in bread samples. Other European countries are waking up to to the danger, however. In the Netherlands, use of Roundup is completely banned with France likely soon to follow.”

In a loosely related story in Canada, major food retailer Loblaws has been caught in cheating Canadians over 14 years due the price-rigging for bread. The company is offering a 25 dollar gift certificate to people claiming it, as compensation. A social media campaign has begun, with people suggesting that the coupon be given to local food drives.

Knowing what I now know about the dangers of bread, I’m beginning to wonder if this is really a good gift at all? I understand that many are well-intentioned, and they do not know the information contained in this story. This is one of those situations where it is hard to discern between the good-will of others and their uninformed choice to do something that is causing potential harm to others.

Bread tastes good, but only if it is real bread. Adapting one’s lifestyle to include a diet that has less harmful wheat, or perhaps even a diet that does not include wheat at all, may contribute to eliminating some of the health conditions being experienced by adults and children worldwide.

As many of have no doubt noticed, celebrating the holiday season is taking on significantly different meanings to different people.

Many are starting to see through the illusions of consumerism and materialism, and they are starting to look for ways to break away from these illusions.

However, this can be very difficult, especially when surrounded by family members who are still caught up in the illusions, and put pressure on those who do not want to participate by playing their control dramas on those who are awakening, in the hopes that the awakened souls will cave in, and play the consumer and material game, and buy things they don’t really want to buy, to give them to people they may not really want to give something to, to fulfill an expectation that one may not really even care about.

For those who are able to successfully detach from what the holiday season has become, they may actually find the true peace and joy of the season. For those who are unable, the joy only turns to stress and often to disagreements and conflicts as people judge others on failed expectations or whatever else.

Many awakened souls are feeling extremely tired within this illusion. An article appearing on the AwarenessAct.com website offers a pretty good summary of what many are no doubt feeling.

According to the article: “Our souls need a purpose and when we ignore our purpose only to do nothing with ourselves things can become a bit tricky. You see, when we are not enriching our soul we are letting it waste away. Our souls can become tired just like any other aspect of our being. “

Here are the fourteen signs of a tired soul.

1. You feel numb.

You do not feel like yourself anymore. Rather than happiness, you feel a sense of numbness. Nothing brings you joy.

2. You feel out of place.

You do not feel like you are where you are supposed to be. You feel out of place and all around odd. Nothing is making sense to you.

3. You do not feel loved.

While some may love you, you can’t feel it. You are distancing yourself from those in your life for an unknown reason. Something has got to give.

4. You are more anxious than usual.

Your nerves are making you pretty tense. Your anxiety is through the roof and you cannot calm it. This is a big sign.

5. You experience mind fog.

You are feeling very out of it. Your mind has become quite foggy. Everything is just not as it has been or should be.

6. You do not want to help anyone.

You just don’t feel like anyone deserves your help. You are far too down and out to be bothered by others and yet you continue to help. This only makes you bitter.

7. You experience physical fatigue.

You are feeling quite fatigued. Your body is also becoming tired. If your soul is tired your body will follow quickly.

8. You keep making excuses.

You keep telling yourself everything will be fine and come up with dumb reasons as to why things are how they are. Making excuses will not help. You have to face things and make changes.

9. You fear the future more now than ever.

You are afraid of where you are going and who you are going to become. You know this does not correspond to your purpose but keep making excuses as to why you will not change. This is a dangerous path to go down.

10. You keep putting yourself down.

You do not know how to be kind to yourself. You keep talking down to yourself and making things worse. Showing ourselves kindness is crucial.

11. You let others use you as a doormat.

Other people will use you as a doormat for as long as you let them. You have to learn to stand up for yourself. You are your own person.

12. You keep dwelling on the past.

You are stuck on things that you cannot change. This is not healthy. You have got to learn to be true to who you are and forget the things that are no longer serving a purpose in your life.

Saying no is not as hard as people make it out to be. The more you agree to the worse things will become. Say no when you need to. Agreeing to do things you do not want to do is only going to bring you down more.

14. You have been more distant lately.

You are distant even from yourself. You may find yourself sleeping more often than not and this is a big red flag. Be there for yourself especially in times like this.

Of course, this is always easier said than done. Meditation is a tool, but also for others, perhaps working with the Violet Flame may be something to consider. Coming up in shortly, we’ll look at how you may be able to do this.

14. ( 1:10:46 ) FINAL WORDS : USING THE VIOLET FLAME

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

A dear friend of mine is a shamanic practitioner and also who has been doing extensive work with the Violet Flame, especially over the last month.

This friend described to me how her dreamlife has simply exploded in a positive direction. She shared with me how it was revealed to her that the Earth is expanding and she was able to see brilliant light pouring through the gaps in her surface templates.

Although this is no excuse to continue polluting our planet, it was a comfort to her that the Earth is breathing toxins and pollutants into her core as a means of self-cleansing.

She highly recommends doing work with the Violet Flame, for those who feel called to do.

Patricia Cota-Robles, in one of her earlier video logs or VLogs, describes working with the Violet Flame, and in this week before the western holiday season and two weeks before the Orthodox eastern holiday season, perhaps this is a good time to focus on working with the Violet Flame, instead of allowing oneself to be consumed with the commercial materialism, or even the religious symbolism of what this holiday season has become.

For listeners in western countries, may you enjoy your holiday season, in which ways you choose to observe them!

I leave you with Patricia Cota-Robles sharing her message on how to work with the Violet Flame. This message is shared with permission from Patricia! In the show transcript, there will be links to one or two other video logs from Robles that are related to this work, and may also be of value to listeners.

Create a loving and peace-anchoring holiday season, until our next moment of ‘now’!

That clip was taken from approximately the 1:30 to the 13:30 for those wishing to view it. The link to the full program with all the details is available in the show summary for those needing or wanting to get all those details.

Again, we may not yet have the full picture of what is really going, but something has shifted dramatically, and it is resulting in exposures and house-cleaning within Washington and the U.S., the likes of which I don’t think we have seen in our current lifetime.

Many will say that Trump is corrupt, without acknowledging the corruption on the side of Clinton. Keep in mind that to get to certain levels of power, one has historically, had to play within those corrupt circles. Trump will very likely have some blood on his hands, as do most political leaders that have had to stand up against the Khazarian mafia or the Rothschilds-controlled central banking system.

It MAY come down, not to things that one may have done in the past, but what one is doing in the present to make amends for those things in the past. If we want others to not judge us for things we have done in our past, it is only appropriate that we give that same courtesy to others, at least until they demonstrate something that proves them unworthy of that courtesy.

Indian news website TheHindu.com carried a story from Agence France-Presse on Dec 10th, reporting that: “Prime Minister Haider al-Abadi on Saturday declared victory in a three-year war by Iraqi forces to expel the Islamic State jihadist group that at its height endangered Iraq's very existence.

“Our forces are in complete control of the Iraqi-Syrian border and I therefore announce the end of the war against Daesh (IS),” Mr. Abadi told a conference in Baghdad.

As the authorities announced a public holiday on Sunday “to celebrate the victory”, Mr. Abadi said in a speech at the defence ministry that Iraq's next battle would be to defeat the scourge of corruption.

The Islamic State (IS) seized vast areas north and west of Baghdad in a lightning offensive in 2014.

Iraq's close ally Iran already declared victory over IS last month, as the jihadists clung to just a few remaining scraps of territory.

The jihadists' defeat is a massive turnaround for an organisation that in 2014 ruled over seven million people in a territory as big as Italy encompassing large parts of Syria and nearly a third of Iraq.

On the Syrian side of the border, IS is under massive pressure too.

On Thursday, Russia's defence ministry said its mission in support of the Syrian regime to oust IS had been "accomplished" and the country was "completely liberated".

Sadly, AFP also referred to a source called the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights, claiming that rebel forces had made advances in seizing territory. This source has long been exposed as a one-man operation out of Coventry in the UK, funded by the EU and one other ‘European country’. SOHR was exposed back in 2013 and basically has no credibility at all.

Another positive development is the report that Turkey has softened its position on the leadership of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad. According to Vladimir Rodzianko, writing for TheDuran on Dec 12th : “In light of Russia’s announcement of victory in Syria over Daesh terrorists – allowing the legitimate government of Syria to regain a majority of their territory, Turkish Foreign Minister Mevlut Cavusoglu explained the country’s position towards Syria.

However, he did clarified that the country will coordinate an operation against Syria’s Kurds with Russia if it is necessary.”

While western media, pundits and leaders still try to hold on to their fading story that Russia is responsible for almost everything going on, Russian President Putin went ahead with his annual Q and A session.

Putin has become famous for these sessions, speaking for hours, and answering questions without teleprompters.

This year’s session was no different, going on for over four hours, and it reflects a much different style for a leader who has been so demonized by western leaders, and yet somehow seems to remain strangely calm, cool and collected in the faces of the journalists present.

Regarding the Eurasian Economic Union - Putin responded positively saying that all member states including Russia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Armenia and Belarus, have been working closely to modernise both physical and digital infrastructure across member states. This includes the ability to receive and track items via digital customs forms as well as joint investment projects.

It was brought up in that discussion by a Kazakh journalist that the EAEU was not set up as a response to western sanctions which began in 2014, but rather the project was the brainchild of Kazakh President Nursultan Nazarbayev. Putin spoke positively about this, and as the article notes: “With Iran set to join the EAEU in 2018, President Putin’s positive response signifies Russia’s general optimism about the future of its role as a Eurasian leader.”

Concerning North Korea - President Putin stated that Russia does not accept the nuclear status of North Korea, but that one must work with a realistic attitude to de-escalate tensions in the region.

Putin also roundly condemned US provocations, questioning why this could be reasonably expected to improve the situation.

Concerning Syria - Putin stated that he “had to” go to Syria in order to make his announcement regarding a partial troop withdrawal. He stated that most of the terrorist groups in Syria have been defeated and security issues involving his trip were coordinated with Russian troops in Syria in a highly professional manner.

Putin further stated that while working with international partners, including the Syrian government as well as Turkey and Jordan, it is important to help actual Syrian refugees return to their homes in a post-conflict environment. He further stated that children of Russian citizens brought to Iraq and Syria by terrorists, should be re-integrated into the social life of various republics and regions of the Russian Federation.

Regarding the Ukraine/Donbass conflict - Putin lamented the unwillingness of the Kiev regime to implement the protocols of the MINSK II accords. He further lamented that even when the Rada (parliament) in Kiev approved a special status for Donbass in-line with MINSK II, Kiev’s forces continue to act aggressively.

Turning to the power struggle in Kiev between regime leader Petro Poroshenko and former Georgian leader Mikheil Saakashvili, he called the former Georgian leader who is wanted as a criminal in his home country “pathetic”. He asked rhetorically why people from Ukraine aren’t able to produce a prospective new leader themselves?

The conclusion that Putin drew was that while most Russians and Ukrainians see themselves as part of a wider fraternal nation, the future is up to people in Ukraine, in respect of how they would like to govern themselves. If they choose to remain totally separate from Russia, this is their choice and they will have to work to improve their conditions themselves if this is the final decision of Ukrainians.

When asked about relations with China and the Belt and Road Initiative: “President Putin stated that he welcomes the decisions taken by the ruling Communist Party of China in terms in further modernisation programmes and an increased emphasis on respectful cooperation with international partners via the One Belt–One Road initiative.

He further stated that Chinese model is similar in many ways to that which Russia is currently building internally and among Russia’s international partners.

Putin stated that the EAEU and One Belt–One Road are compatible and that Russia seeks to participate in broader cooperation in Asia and that progress has been made in this area all the time”

The remaining four items are summarized this way:

“Vladimir Putin confirmed for the first time that he plans to run in the 2018 Russian Presidential elections (scheduled for March) as an independent candidate. He stated that he looks forward to engaging in dialogue with many political parties in the hopes of winning their endorsement.” Although he was challenged by a woman also running for the presidency, Putin reminded her that the opposition needs to have positive proposals and asked her what she was offering? He reminded her that the Russia people do not want conflict or any situation that resembles what happened in Ukraine.

“Putin remarked on the unfortunate results of the US unilaterally withdrawing from the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces Treaty (INF Treaty) but said that Russia remains committed to the principles of the treaty in line with Russia’s commitment to international protocols.” Personally, I think there is something more to this, and that Putin and Trump are using this one in a strategy to achieve something that we do not yet know about.

When ABC News asked Putin about the ongoing ‘Russiagate’ scandal in the US, Putin stayed clear of the issue stating that: “It’s up to the American people to assess Trump, not me. But look at the markets, they are up, indicating investors trust him. We also respect the US opposition. I don’t know if Trump still has the same desire to cooperate closely with us, but I hope we can work closely on a range of issues.” With the alleged collusion with Russia by Trump, Putin stated that this has “been invented by those aiming to de-legitimize Trump. These people don’t understand they are undermining their own country, they aren’t showing respect for Americans that voted for Trump”.

Finally, concerning the upcoming World Cup event in Russia next year, Putin said that the building of 12 stadiums in eleven cities was on schedule except for one, which had a two month delay. Everything will be completed on time, and funding came from both public and private entities. To my knowledge, no one asked about the logo of he World Cup event and whether it was Russia’s attempt to softly disclose the existence of our galactic families to the people of Earth.

As most would likely say, the format and style of the session along with the responses by Putin do not suggest a leader who is on the war-path with the US or the world. This does not necessarily mean he does not have an agenda.

With elitists being taken down, and with resignations and/or health issues on the rise amongst sitting US politicians…it would seem clear that a lot of people are scared in the US, and there is no reason for Putin to go on any offensive, because the elitists are doing a great job of destroying themselves.

4. ( ) DIGGING FOR DOLLARS..AND MORE : AUDIT OF US DEFENCE DEPARTMENT MAY ULTIMATELY REVEAL MORE THAN JUST MISSING MONEY.

In financial news;

Arguably, one of the bigger financial news stories for this past week is the announcement by the US Pentagon that there will be a first-ever audit of the Department of Defence.

RT reported the following on Dec 8th: “The first-ever financial audit in the history of the US Department of Defense will be massive, requiring 2,400 auditors to review the Pentagon’s $2.4 trillion in assets, including personnel, real estate and weapons.

The audit will begin this month, the DoD announced during a news conference Friday.

“It is important that the Congress and the American people have confidence in DoD’s management of every taxpayer dollar,” Comptroller David Norquist told reporters.

He said the DoD’s Office of the Inspector General has hired independent public accounting firms to conduct audits of the Air Force, Army and Navy, as well as a department-wide consolidated audit to summarize all results and conclusions.

“Beginning in 2018, our audits will occur annually, with reports issued on November 15,” said Norquist.”

As many listeners will know, it was back on Sept 10th of 2001 when Rumsfeld announced to the world that 2.3T in defence department money had allegedly gone ‘missing’. In a video link in the show transcript, listeners can watch that video where Rumsfeld announces that there is a Pentagon bureaucracy that has resulted in what he called a ‘life and death’ situation, and that money wasted by the military posed a severe threat.

Of course, that was just for public show, because the events that came the day after not only covered up that story, but led to an infinitely greater amount of spending that resulted in an estimated $6.5T missing in 2016 to what is now estimated as being between $10-13T in 2017, at least publicly. It may very well end up being much higher than this.

ZeroHedge reports on Dec 15th how the mainstream media ‘suddenly’ coming out with ‘breaking’ and ‘exclusive’ news stories about how vast amounts of weapons sent to Syria by the CIA and in cooperation with US allies, contributed to the rapid growth of Daesh, also known as the Islamic State or IS.

Another report details how Daesh managed to get a missile that the CIA secretly purchased in Bulgaria. Although this story has been around for quite some time, it is only now that the mainstream media are starting to do their jobs.

Other sources have long speculated, and the audit MAY finally prove this – that funds have spent on unannounced secret space programs, Solar Warden being one of these alleged programs. It may be revealed that funds have been spent on massive underground cities and transportation networks under the heading of ‘deep underground military bases’. It may be revealed that funding has been used to cover up events in Antarctica for example, or to develop advanced technologies that are of a non-Earth origin.

If the audit is done extensively, fairly and accurately, this one event alone may have the potential to put many, formerly secretive subjects, very much into the global, public spotlight.

For President Trump to do what he appears to be attempting to do, one has to be very sure that he has support from other circles and very possibly other leaders around the world. He appears to have gone much further than John F Kennedy was allowed to go before his assassination.

Although not conclusive, it would seem to suggest that President Trump has some pretty high-level protection, perhaps even protection that is out of this world.

5. ( ) OUT WITH THE OLD: YEAR ENDS WITH USD DYING A SLOW DEATH; A RISE IN CRYPTOCURRENCIES, AND A TRANSFORMATION TO A NEW, POSSIBLY TEMPORARY, FINANCIAL PARADIGM.

This week, RT is reporting plans by Russia to possibly make use of cryptocurrencies in the oil trade to challenge the sanctions imposed on Russia by the U.S..

According to the article: “The gradual acceptance of digital currencies, with major exchanges about to launch bitcoin futures trading, may prompt some oil producing nations to ditch the US dollar in crude trade in favor of cryptocurrencies, an oil analyst says.

Russia, Iran and Venezuela have more than one thing in common. All three are major oil producing nations dependent on the dollar since the global crude market is traditionally dominated by contracts denominated in US currency.”

The article also adds that: “A decentralized currency – allowing anonymous transactions along with blockchain technology support to facilitate oil contracts – may be the ideal tool to allow the oil producing trio to turn their back on the greenback.

“The advent of cryptocurrencies, therefore, represents a fresh catalyst for commodity-producing countries wishing to abandon the dollar as a means of payment for oil,” said Stephen Brennock, oil analyst at PVM Oil Associates, in a research note seen by CNBC.

Several oil producers have already voiced plans to ditch the dollar in oil trading. Last week, Venezuela announced it will launch its own cryptocurrency, the “Petro,” which will be backed by the country’s vast natural resource reserves.”

The end of petrodollar is looming. When asked about China’s plans to create oil futures contract in Yuan and not US dollars, and what impact this would have on the industry and the dollar, Rogers was quoted as saying that: ‘This is just another step in that direction. Many people do not like using US dollars because if the US gets angry at you, they just set enormous pressure on you that can even get you out of business. China, Russia, and other countries understand this, and they are trying to move world trade and world finance away from that.’

As well, on Dec 4th, RT also reported that: “The Moscow stock exchange will soon issue nearly $1 billion-worth of yuan-denominated bonds. It could become the start of a new financial system not based on the US dollar, analysts say.”

Although cryptocurrencies have exploded onto the global economic scene in a relatively short period of time, at least publicly, another economic vehicle has been quietly moving along and making an impact of its own.

An article from China’s Xinhua news agency on Dec 10th has reported that: “The Belt and Road Initiative will play an important role in improving global governance and countering regional risks, according to Chinese and foreign observers.

China will become an increasingly important player in the reform of the global governance system, and the Belt and Road Initiative will be one of its major contributions, said Wang Yiming, deputy director of the Development Research Center of the State Council, a government think tank.

The joint construction of infrastructure projects has not only driven economic growth in the countries along the Belt and Road, but also helped rebalance globalization by "making a bigger cake and dividing the cake reasonably," said Wang.

Globalization has created a complex network of interdependency between countries, making stronger regional integration necessary in managing risks, he said, noting that the Belt and Road promotes political and cultural understanding by integrating countries from at least three continents.

The expansion of infrastructure in remote regions will be a major driver of stability in Central Asia as well as Eastern Africa, and economic stimulation will be a great opportunity to support long-term recovery in major economies like Europe and China, he told the forum.

"It [the Belt and Road] offers a new model of prosperity based on inclusiveness, sustainablity and balance," he said.

Links to those stories will appear in the show transcript. What this shows is that there is a very rapid movement taking place, in terms of the global economy.

It is still unclear whether or not the introduction of cryptocurrencies is an honourable and legitimate attempt to bring power and wealth back to the people, or whether it is a trap to draw people more into the digital world.

Arguments can certainly be made for both cases. The fact that the global elitists are losing power and wealth worldwide, these currencies could arguably be used for funding their projects.

It is fair to keep this under consideration, however as long as on uses the currencies wisely, there is potential to use the game for one’s benefit.

For those who are very interested in following all the latest cryptocurrency news, there are several sites one can go to.

6. ( ) MOON LANDING: SOURCE REPORTS THE JOURNEY AS NOT BEING THE CONSPIRACY, BUT RATHER WHAT HAPPENED AFTER ASTRONAUTS ARRIVED.

In disclosure-related news for the week

It appears that an effort is on-going about the revelations of what really happened with regard to the U.S. Moon Landing.

Both the believers and the non-believers have their own facts to support their views.

As it turns out, they may both be right.

An article by Arjun Walia, appearing on the ExoNews.org website on Dec 10th addresses the Moon landing issue under the following title: “Faking the Moon landing is not the conspiracy; it’s what really happened after we got there.”

The article summarizes what are believed to be facts about the lunar landing. Walia writes:

“Did we really go to the moon? Yes, we did. However, many of the photos and video footage were faked.

Not long ago, the Russian government called for an international investigation into the U.S. moon landings regarding missing samples and photos never released to the public.

According to retired US Army Command Sergeant Major and NATO intelligence analyst, Bob Dean, NASA erased 40 rolls of film – several thousand individual frames – of the Apollo Program including the flight to the Moon, the flight around the Moon, the landings on the Moon, and the astronauts walking around.

According to multiple sources, after landing, the Apollo astronauts transmitted that they were being watched by enormous extraterrestrial vehicles.

UFO researcher, Steven Greer, said that “both Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin have separately told me that indeed there were numerous, large UFOs around the crater where the Lunar Module”. “Neil Armstrong became somewhat of a recluse after the moon landing, and rarely spoke of the historic event.” “If he spoke about what really happened during the moon landing, Neil Armstrong, his wife, and children would all be killed.”

NASA employee Ken Johnston said, “While Neil and Buzz were on the Lunar surface, Neil switched to the medical channel and spoke directly with the chief medical officer saying, ‘they’re here, they’re parked on the side of the crater, they’re watching us’.”

Defense contractor insider, William Tompkins, claimed that when Armstrong’s Lunar Module landed on the Sea of Tranquility Crater, Armstrong said ‘There are other ships here, they are enormous’. ‘Armstrong panned his camera in a 360 degree motion all around the crater and the CIA then classified the information as way above top secret’.”

UFO researcher Timothy Good says that a former member of MI6 revealed her conversation with Neil Armstrong when he confirmed there were “other” spacecraft on the Moon when Apollo 11 landed in 1969. Armstrong also confirmed the CIA was behind the coverup.”

It is my belief that the truth was revealed to us in a TV series that was rather quickly cancelled called ‘Defying Gravity’. Although the series told the stories of eight astronauts and how they came to be selected for the a mission that would take them away from Earth for an extended time, the crew begins to learn the real nature of their mission once they are safely away from Earth. Their mission is to collect a series of what appear to be fractal statues.

The show was cancelled before the full truth could be revealed, but what was revealed as the ship approached Venus was that astronauts were going to be sent down to the surface of the planet to do one thing, while pre-recorded images were going to be sent back to Earth, giving the public a different story.

It appears that this is exactly what happened with the Apollo projects, and the truth was being told in a slightly different context. The show was cancelled several episodes later, so it seemed that the producers and writers were getting a bit too close to the truth.

For those with the open minds, along with open eyes to see and open ears to hear, they may be observing that a process of soft disclosure has been going on for a number of years, and especially during the last five years.

This process appears to be accelerating, with several other pieces of news from beyond Earth this week.

On Dec 11th, Ian Sample reported on a cigar-shaped object spotted by astronomers that has more than a few in the scientific community speculating on is unusual shape.

According to Sample: “The Green Bank telescope in West Virginia will listen for radio signals being broadcast from a cigar-shaped body which was first spotted in the solar system in October. The body arrived from interstellar space and reached a peak speed of 196,000 mph as it swept past the sun.

Scientists on the Breakthrough Listen project, which searches for evidence of alien civilisations, said the Green Bank telescope would monitor the object, named ‘Oumuamua, from Wednesday. The first phase of observations is expected to last 10 hours and will tune in to four different radio transmission bands.

“Most likely it is of natural origin, but because it is so peculiar, we would like to check if it has any sign of artificial origin, such as radio emissions,” said Avi Loeb, professor of astronomy at Harvard University and an adviser to the Breakthrough Listen project. “If we do detect a signal that appears artificial in origin, we’ll know immediately.”

The article continues: “While many astronomers believe the object is an interstellar asteroid, its elongated shape is unlike anything seen in the asteroid belt in our own solar system. Early observations of ‘Oumuamua show that it is about 400m long but only one tenth as wide. “It’s curious that the first object we see from outside the solar system looks like that,” said Loeb.”

The name of the unusual celestial entity is a Hawaiian word meaning ‘messenger’, and this along hints that this entity may be more than what is being revealed publicly at this time.

Some sources have described some members of our galactic families as having ships that are cigar-shaped, and this may be part of the reason for the intrigue in this particular entity.

It may also be a form of soft-disclosure, as you will hear in the next story.

7. ( ) MADE IN SPACE: SCIENTIST CLAIMS U.S. ANTI-GRAV SHIPS ARE CONSTRUCTED WITH EXTRATERRESTRIAL TECHNOLOGIES.

Also in the last week or, another report has come, with a scientist declaring that the antigravity space vehicles of the U.S. are made with extraterrestrial technology.

For most, this will not be a surprise at all. This is pretty much a given. CVN has reported numerous times in the past of the existence of anti-gravitational transportation being developed at AVRO Aviation, the company that produced and built Canada’s AVRO Arrow, what was the world’s most advanced aircraft at the end of the 1950’s, before being suddenly scrapped, destroyed and all employees were split up and sent to different divisions, including NASA.

This new article however appeared on Dec 7th on the Alienblog.org website and writes the following: “Dr. Richard Boylan, Ph.D. Behavioral Scientist, anthropologist, associate professor, clinical hypnotherapist, consultant, and researcher, claims to have worked for over 15 years with people reporting having found intelligent extraterrestrial life forms.

He also says the government is aware of these extraterrestrial visitors. Boylan claims to know about exotic artifacts (military aircraft with extraterrestrial technology) built on reverse engineering (retro-engineering) that have antigravity technology. The scientist also claims that he knows 12 of these aircraft built with alien technology, and then gives more details of those craft in the article. It also provides key data about the contact between humans and stellar visitors, all silenced by the global protection system.

Boylan was quoted as saying that: “Scientifically and clinically, I have been working for over 15 years with people who report having found an intelligent extraterrestrial life form, a visiting star. During this work, I felt that it was necessary to learn as much as possible about the real UFO reality and what the government already knew about those visitors.

Because of the abundant information about the visitors of the stars and their meetings with humans, I began publishing my results, making presentations at national and international congresses, magazines and special media interviews, which in turn has attracted the attention of some figures, now or before, to highly ranked government sectors, military institutions and intelligence agencies.”

For many years, Boylan has been speaking out on topics related to this. More specifically however, and this is related to the previous story of the cigar-shaped celestial body in our solar system, Boylan has also made the claim in 2013 the U.S. has in its possession, eight cigar-shaped ships that are a part of one of the secret space programs known as ‘Solar Warden’.

According to the article from 2013: “On July 21st of 2011, when Space Shuttle Atlantis landed at NASA’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida and headed to a museum, we were told that the U.S. no longer had any space-capable vehicles, and that we would have to rely on Russia and other countries to get into orbit and visit the Space Station, says Dr. Richard Boylan

That was a lie.

In actuality, since the late 1980s, the U.S. has contributed to a secret Space Fleet, its program code-named “Solar Warden”, and which has now grown to eight cigar-shaped motherships (each longer than two football fields end-to-end) and 43 small “scout ships,” asserts Boylan.

In an article from his website, believed to be in 2005, Boylan describes having knowledge of 12 different types of craft, some of which are now publicly known, including the stealth bomber and a few others. He claims these ships have been reverse-engineered from ET technologies.

So the fact that an unusual, ‘cigar-shaped’ celestial body is announced as being near Earth at this time, and that sources are attempting to study it and have contact with it, creates an interesting storyline towards the disclosure of our galactic families.

Could this be an attempt to get ahead of the disclosure issue, before Russia brings it into the spotlight at next year’s World Cup? Is Solar Warden being announced to us?

8. ( ) A NEW INTERNET: COMPANY CLAIMS TO HAVE DEVELOPED DECENTRALIZED INTERNET THAT IS MORE SECURE AND PRIVATE.

Over to some science and technology news now;

I have come across an intriguing piece of technology that requires some more research, but felt for sharing this week with listeners.

A website called I am Cicada.com is claiming to have developed the ultimate, decentralized internet with many bonus features that may appeal to those who are standing up for global peace.

According to one of the website pages: “We started off with a crazy idea from a sci-fi novel: What if we could build a totally decentralized, secure, private internet right on top of the old one? Then after twelve months of intensive design work we realized, we can actually build this thing.

The website continues: “The foundation of the system is a pluggable, decentralized, people-controlled universal ID, called the HUID or Human Unique Identifier, that is unique to every person on the planet.”

Some of the security features include the following:

“Info Wallets, which allow Cicada to create unlimited sub-ID tokens that grant role based access control to your personally identifying information (PII). Give a sub-ID to a website with only your email or name and revoke it when you no longer want them to have it. Websites no longer need to know everything about you. This will likely end widespread data breaches. Because if the data isn’t stored centrally, there’s nothing to steal.

Cicada has “a brand new Proof of Work, called a Distributed Proof of Work (DPoW) that is incredibly energy and storage efficient, able to run on a cell phone without draining the battery or hogging memory and requiring no specialized ASICs. A distributed hash table (DHT) of historical blockchain transactions eliminates storage issues, because miners are no longer required to keep a copy of the entire blockchain. That means it doesn’t matter how big the block size is, because nobody will have to store them all.

At the same the DPoW has a great side-benefit. “Since everyone is eventually drafted to the network, that means everyone gets a consistent stream of coins. In other words, it delivers a practical universal basic income right now. The blockchain pays everyoneto secure it. This is something society desperately needs to deal with the rise of automation. People no longer need to find a way to get coins to use the network. The coins come to the you. Barriers to entry are destroyed and cryptocurrencies can spread like wildfire.”

As well, Cicada may have a foundational platform for future democratic voting. The website writes that: “Even with a universal ID system, Cicada delivers true anonymous voting via blind tokens and mixnets, all while delivering end-to-end verifiable voting. The latest American election exposed the deep cracks in the foundation of our democracy. But we can rebuild it, better than it was before. Together.

Cicada appears to be attempting to deliver a product that can empower people to create and support a framework for civilian legislation. The website offers that: “It fixes the broken systems we have today, such as in California, where the only proposals to get through are watered down or bought and paid for by Big Money.

Anyone can put forth a proposal to Cicada, but only useful proposals will ever make it to a national vote. Each proposal is routed randomly to a small group of people. If it doesn’t get enough votes, it dies. If it gets voted down it never goes anywhere. Only If the majority likes it, the proposal passes to the next stages: ever-increasing groups of more and more voters. Only the best ideas will ever make a national vote. Bad ideas idea die. Good ideas live. Simple. Nobody can buy their way to the top.”

Potential legislation will be verifiable by a panel of experts. The website states that: “Today’s politicians draft laws on things they don’t understand. A bunch of former lawyers know nothing about economics or technology issues, so why should we trust them to create laws that make any sense? Cicada allows us to call on expert panels. Parallel teams of experts draft legislation that gets fast-tracked to national vote. Let experts make policy, not lawyers.”

As opposed to the corrupt and dysfunctional system of commercial admiralty law that currently infects our politics and finances, Cicada is claiming to offer XML-based law: “Today’s laws are confusing and contradictory. Two hundred years of lawmaking has led to inconsistencies and loopholes. The Cicada XML-based law system includes conflict resolution and automatic sunsetting of superseded or conflicting laws based on new ones passed.”

Cicada is also doing something else that appears to be unique. According to the website: “Every DAPP platform out there is a currency first and platform second. Cicada flips that concept on its head. It’s a platform then a currency. Why does that matter? Because with other DAPP systems you need to get some of their proprietary money to do anything. Run out of money and you’re stuck until you get more.

But some things should just be free. Cicada introduces “action tokens” generated dynamically based on use. Action tokens let you do stuff on the network for free. Want to form a local club and vote on things? That’s free. If it’s free in real life, it’s free on Cicada. Multiple cryptocurrencies compete on the network, and only transactions that have real value cost money.”

In today’s technological world, we are seeing more Distributed Denial of Service attacks or DDoS attacks on networks. The website explains how they intend to handle it: “Cicada is an overlay network that uses a modified Kademlia networking protocol (the one that powers BitTorrent) with a genetic algorithm and reputation system built in.

The protocol automatically flags misbehaving nodes and limits them for bad behavior, logging all its actions to an auditable blockchain. Continued bad behavior sees nodes removed from the network.

It also decentralizes Domain Name System or DNS. Because DNS entries are replicated out to a distributed DNS blockchain, sites will survive even if attacks attempt to bring down the resilient naming system.”

They also claim to have a foundation that will end crypto wars and censorship through their peer-to-peer technology.

If, by any chance, the elitists attempt to take down the national power grid: “The system survives even if the internet goes down or is cut off. It falls back to peer-to-peer mesh networks to stay alive. As long as enough people still have their device, Cicada will survive.”

The idea sounds very positive and intriguing. A whitepaper has been produced by Cicada with more technical and background information. Some of the topics that are addressed in the whitepaper include the following:

A blockchain of blockchains

Distributeed End to End Evoting System Design

A Formal Approach to Desigiing Anonymous Software

A Survey of Distributed Atificial Intelligence

Altrnative to Proof of Work in Consensus Protocols

Biometric encryption

Massive Scale Peer-to-Peer Network Concepts

Decentralized Exchange – with transactions faster than Visa

Blockchain-backed voting

Democracy Operating System

And many, many other topics for those who are more technical about this kind of information.

Another small piece of technology is claiming to benefit humanity, but this is an idea that is more social in its nature.

CVN reported at least a year ago on an earpiece that had the capability to translate languages almost instantly.

According to the company website: “Waverly Labs is an innovative consumer products company created in 2014. Waverly Labs is developing a smart earpiece at the convergence of wearable technology and speech translation called Pilot.

developing the world’s first smart earpiece language translator.

Pilot uses the latest technologies in speech recognition, machine translation and wearable technology to allow users to converse without language barriers. Being lost in translation has happened to everyone, even us, and that’s exactly how the idea was born.

Pilot includes a second earpiece for audio and a mobile app, which toggles between languages. It’s a dream of a life untethered, free from language barriers.”

The technology is explained the following way: “The Pilot Translating Earpiece uses specially designed noise-canceling

microphones to filter out ambient noise from the speech of someone talking. The speech is then passed through the Pilot app, where layers of speech translation technologies occur.

Waverly Labs' translation engine is a hybrid system which relies on the latest statistical-based speech translation technologies from multiple sources.

and machine learning, then speech synthesis. At the end of the funnel, the

translated language is sent to the other user wearing the second earpiece . It all occurs simultaneously without interruption, as each person speaks to one another.

For voice translations, the device currently offers five languages: English, French, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish. The upcoming plans include the Germanic languages, Hindi, Hebrew, Slavic, and East Asian languages.

My request has been submitted to WaverlyLabs, offering to test the device and report on it in an upcoming newscast. Hopefully a response will be received in the near future, as it would be very practical for me as a journalist to be able to test and determine its efficiency and practicality.

The earpieces are marked at the usual price of USD300, but the company is accepting pre-orders now at 249.00 dollars.

Links to other pages to the website will be available with more information.

10. ( ) SOCIAL MEDIA SCANDAL: EXECUTIVES FEELING THE GUILT OF SOCIAL MEDIA IMPACT ON HUMANITY.

Finally, in health-related news;

Another Facebook Exec breaks down. An article appearing in the The London Guardian on Dec 12th writes that: “A former Facebook executive has said he feels “tremendous guilt” over his work on “tools that are ripping apart the social fabric of how society works”, joining a growing chorus of critics of the social media giant.

Chamath Palihapitiya, who was vice-president for user growth at Facebook before he left the company in 2011, said: “The short-term, dopamine-driven feedback loops that we have created are destroying how society works. No civil discourse, no cooperation, misinformation, mistruth.”

Palihapitiya was quoted as saying that: “This is not about Russian ads,” he added. “This is a global problem. It is eroding the core foundations of how people behave by and between each other.’

Palihapitiya is hoping to use his Facebook money to do something better in the world. He commented that he can’t control them, referring to Facebook, but he can control his own choices and those of his children. Those choices do not include Facebook.

Palhapitiya called out to his audience to do some soul-searching about one’s relationship to social media. He stated that: “Your behaviors, you don’t realize it, but you are being programmed. It was unintentional, but now you gotta decide how much you’re going to give up, how much of your intellectual independence.’

As well, it was just over one month ago, one of the former presidents of Facebook also seemed to lash out at the previous employer. According to a London Guardian article from Nov 9th: “Facebook’s founders knew they were creating something addictive that exploited “a vulnerability in human psychology” from the outset, according to the company’s founding president Sean Parker.

Parker was speaking as a representative of his current company at an Axios event in Philadelphia. When asked about his former employer related to health, Parker seemed to have a lot to say.

Parker was quoted as saying: “It literally changes your relationship with society, with each other. It probably interferes with productivity in weird ways. God only knows what it’s doing to our children’s brains. It’s a social-validation feedback loop … exactly the kind of thing that a hacker like myself would come up with, because you’re exploiting a vulnerability in human psychology.’

These are, of course, is some of numerous examples and give more validation regarding CVN’s recent story about technology guru’s like Bill Gates and Steve Jobs, who would not let their kids near technology until at least 14 years of age.

An Oct 6th article, also from The Guardian starts out reporting this: “Google, Twitter and Facebook workers who helped make technology so addictive are disconnecting themselves from the internet, as they are alarmed by a race for human attention.

It features Facebook executive Justin Rosenstein who began banning himself from social media applications and began criticizing the Facebook ‘like’ button. Why would he do this? Afterall, he is he one who inventd the ‘like’ button. He describes the ‘like’ button as: “bright dings of pseudo-pleasure’, leading to addiction.

This article notes that: “Rosenstein belongs to a small but growing band of Silicon Valley heretics who complain about the rise of the so-called “attention economy”: an internet shaped around the demands of an advertising economy.”

The concerns are obvious. The article continues: “There is growing concern that as well as addicting users, technology is contributing toward so-called “continuous partial attention”, severely limiting people’s ability to focus, and possibly lowering IQ. One recent study showed that the mere presence of smartphones damages cognitive capacity – even when the device is turned off. “Everyone is distracted,” Rosenstein says. “All of the time.””

The article notes that: “ those concerns are trivial compared with the devastating impact upon the political system that some of Rosenstein’s peers believe can be attributed to the rise of social media and the attention-based market that drives it.

Drawing a straight line between addiction to social media and political earthquakes like Brexit and the rise of Donald Trump, they contend that digital forces have completely upended the political system and, left unchecked, could even render democracy as we know it obsolete.”

James Redfield, author of The Celestine Prophecy, stated in that book that the root of all conflict in the world is linked to the competition for precious human energy. With all the pedophilia revelations coming out now, this competition may be more than the control of energy, but also of the body.

Technology is just another one of those distractions that separates humanity. I’ll have more to say on this, coming up in this week’s FINAL WORDS.

As CVN supports this assessment and agrees that people need to get off their computers and get out and spend more time doing social activities and personal interactions with others.

11. ( ) HYPE OVER HEMP: KEY DIFFERENCES IN UNDERSTANDING THE ISSUES OF LEGALIZATION AND CRIMINALITY OF NATURAL PLANT.

One of biggest questions that comes up when discussing the legalization of cannabis and the benefits of hemp for the global economy is the concern that hemp will get people high. There are differences between hemp and cannabis, as well as Hemp CBD and Cannabis CBD. CBD refers to ‘cannabidiol’, the more medicinal component of the plant.

While hemp oil is legal to be purchased in supermarkets all over North America, cannabis oil is subjected to much stricter controls.

With Big Pharma attempting to get control of the cannabis industry in North America as well, there are many more concerns to consider when purchasing cannabis.

An article from Oct 6th, appearing on the International High Life website offers the following: “With the opportunity for imposter products and even toxic additives, it’s important to understand the differences and make an educated decision before buying any product.”

It is important to understand the difference between cannabis and hemp, and the article explains the following: “ … marijuana and hemp are the same species of plant, Cannabis Sativa, which doesn’t make explaining the difference any easier. A common misconception refers to hemp as the male sex of the cannabis sativa. This simply isn’t true. Hemp has both male and female plants the same as marijuana. Just as with marijuana plants, the female hemp plant produces the goods, in this case, seeds and fibers. However, the actual differences are more complex and lie in several categories.”

The article notes the differences in chemical composition: “While the molecule of cannabidiol, or CBD, is exactly the same whether its extracted from hemp or cannabis, the overall cannabinoid content makes a difference in the separation of hemp and cannabis plants. Industrial hemp is required to have less than .3% THC by specific government regulations, while medical grade cannabis can reach 30% or more in ideal growing conditions.

On the other hand, industrial hemp is also relatively low in producing CBD with an average around 3.5%, yet medical grade cannabis can reach 20%+ in CBD content depending on genetics and stringently controlled environmental conditions. In addition, hemp doesn’t have the same terpene profile as cannabis, which play a role in the effects of cannabis, both medicinally and recreationally.

Even in appearance, hemp and cannabis do not compare. Hemp is taller, lighter in color with thinner leaves, and plants are grown closely together, which makes the plant look bamboo-like in appearance. From a distance the flowers can appear similar, but hemp flowers are bursting with seed pods, while medical cannabis plants are usually bursting with white, glistening trichomes. Cannabis plants are usually a full, darker green plant which more resembles a small tree or bush.”

Difference in chemical composition are partly determined by how it’s grown. The article writes that: “Industrial hemp is grown in large outdoor fields, planted by machinery, and harvested with tractors. This crop is relatively easy to grow and takes little maintenance. In fact, industrial hemp isn’t held to the same cultivation standards as regulated cannabis, so be aware, many could contain contaminants and toxins.”

This article offers a hint as to why hemp oil is legally and widely available in supermarkets. As CVN has reported previously, the article writes that: “Hemp is a bio-accumulator, meaning it draws the toxins out of the soil its grown in. With little testing required for ‘dietary supplements’ by FDA standards many CBD hemp oils, especially those grown in other countries, could contain dangerous chemical toxins left behind by pesticides and herbicides used during the season.”

By comparison, the article notes how medical cannabis is grown in very controlled environments, under the loving care of master growers. Of course this may not include growers who are controlled by Big Pharma. Master growers who properly nurture their crops use delicate blends of nutrients along with specific lighting systems to produce cannabis with specific cannabinoid yields.

Looking at the extraction process, the article writes that: “Because the amount of CBD found in hemp is much less than that found in CBD-rich cannabis, it takes a large amount of material to produce a small amount of CBD hemp oil. Plus, by federal regulation the extraction must come from stalks and seeds only, whereas cannabis CBD is extracted from the flowers of the plant where the cannabinoid content is the highest.

Most extraction methods require the use of solvents which can leave residue behind the final product. Again, without testing standards supplied by a regulated cannabis market, there’s a risk of many harmful byproducts slipping into the dietary supplement market.”

There are ways in which uneducated people can get tricked into buying cannabis that they may believe will achieve their healing goal, but the plant may not contain all that is necessary. This may or may not have been done by intentional design, of those seeking to control the market.

The article reports that: “Many of the products available online claim 100% pure CBD oil. By extracting the CBD molecule alone, consumers are missing out on other vital terpenes and cannabinoids from the plant which work with CBD to produce its amazing benefits.

Science has shown, cannabinoids and terpenoids behave differently together than they do alone. This is called the entourage effect, a synergistic relationship between various compounds within the plant, which work together to produce enhanced effects or benefits.

Armed with this knowledge, many CBD oil manufacturers are starting to produce full-spectrum, whole plant extracts which include other cannabinoids such as CBN, CBG, and CBC. These cannabinoids are found in smaller quantities in the plant, but all have their own set of medicinal properties.

Research has shown CBN is excellent for insomnia, while CBG and CBC are powerful antibacterial and antifungal agents with promise of fighting treatment resistant infections, like MRSA according to a study published in 2008 in the Journal of Natural Products by researchers at the University of London.

CBD is CBD, regardless of what plant it is extracted from – the molecule doesn’t change. However, regulations and federal government requirements, along with how its grown and how it’s processed is really what defines the differences between cbd hemp oil and cannabis-derived CBD oil.

Hemp CBD is less efficient, taking much more plant material to produce the same amount of product, plus it may be missing other vital terpenes and cannabinoids, or worse it may be contaminated due to industrial farming practices or chemical laden soil.”

It is for this reason that it is wise to do as much research as possible, to better understand the origins of the CBD oil and/or supplements you wish to buy, to ensure you are getting the best product for your own personal health needs.

12. ( ) ANNOUNCEMENT

Just before this week’s FINAL WORDS, I would like to thank a few of you who have answered the call to support CVN at this time. There have been a few first time donations coming in and I am grateful to you for choosing to share a bit of support with CVN.

The monthly donations currently sits around USD100 which is not enough to support me in offering the newscast.

Two people have cancelled their monthly donations and I do understand that my schedule in offering the newscast has been erratic over the last six months. I am working on other options for my future, to provide either the support for this work, or to find other work that will allow me to serve in another way.

Those who have donated will receive an acknowledgement from me in the coming week or so.

As a reminder, if there is anyone who wishes to donate bitcoin, or use another way, to please contact me and I will do what I can to set that up.

13. ( ) FINAL WORDS:

In this week’s FINAL WORDS:

When it comes to all the gender-related attention over the last year or two especially, I cannot help but wonder if we are all being played?

There appears to be a very thin line between being uniquely different, but also equally beautiful in humanity’s ONENESS.

This group that I have been calling the ‘global cabal’, including all its smaller factions covering all parts of our global society is as much as part of me…and of you… as everything else. I have commented on this previously, so I will not say anything more this, except that we have to remind ourselves as we stand up for global peace, healing and change, that we have to keep in mind that there were many souls who agreed to step into this extreme veil of darkness and separation, so that humanity could have this experience of awakening that we are now moving through.

As difficult as it may seem, we do have to try our best to remember them with love, for they chose to forget who they were, so deeply, that we almost allowed ourselves to be pulled into that cesspool of darkness once again.

It appears to have been very close… we almost lost ourselves. Thankfully with the awakening of millions across our planet at this time, and also with help from forces known and unknown on and beyond our planet, humanity seems to be breaking free from these bonds of historical enslavement!

In this holiday season of love and peace… I choose to remember them all with love and gratitude. Have I enjoyed this journey of awakening? There have been times when I have not enjoyed it at all. There have been other times when it has been great fun! There have been times when I have wanted to lash out in anger at others, and there have been times when I wished I had shown more compassion and forgiveness. There are time when I with more compassion and forgiveness had been shown to me in certain things in my past.

We have all been everything through many lifetimes. At least, this is what I choose to believe, although I will not ask you to believe this as well. Our compassion stems from our DNA-memories of having been good, bad, evil, wealthy, poor, white, black, brown, yellow, red, Hindu, Muslim, Buddhist, Christian, straight, gay, strong, weak, healthy, ill, abused, educated, uneducated, or whatever other criteria of separation you can think of.

Here is what is on my mind this week.

I have written and spoken in the past how this cabal group is infamous for playing both sides of a conflict. Regardless of what the masses THINK is happening, the same controlling force has always been on the winning side.

Conflicts have been set up by the enslavers of humanity to make us think that we are ‘free’ or ‘democratic’ or whatever, simply because we are compared to others who are controlled slightly more for the purposes of this enslavement agenda.

We have identified this Khazarian Jewish mafia as being one of the primary groups responsible for the global enslavement. They have identified themselves as ‘God’s chosen people’.

Here’s the irony… they may very well be correct… HOWEVER… not for the reasons they may think. The souls that chose to incarnate into this group chose to do so, knowing that they were going to fall into deep darkness, for the purposes of giving humanity and our planet an intense challenge of remembering who we are, through all the experiences of who we are not.

They may have been chosen for this very special purpose. However, that knowing became corrupted to a point where these souls were not strong enough to awaken, and they continued to take humanity and our planet further and further down a path of enslavement, fear, separation, debt and control.

They became believers that they were the chosen people to lead and control the planet, and not the believers that they may have been the chose people to give humanity and our planet an experience for a certain period of time, before awakening. They did not awaken. Maybe they were not supposed to until now.

Certain sources have been saying that this level of enslavement upon our planet was supposed to start ending near the end of the 1990’s . 9/11 was a step backwards into fear and separation…and most humans fell for it.

It is now being exposed that individuals like George Soros have been funding movements across the US and worldwide for global destabilization.

In the spiritual movements, we believe that we are ONE, and that we should be accepting the “Feminist Movement’, the ‘Black Lives Matter’ movement, the ‘LGBTQ Movement’, the ‘Refugee Movement’, the ‘Save The Whales Movement’, the ‘Democracy Movement’ and infinite other movements.

There is even a war on men and women. I’d like to refer for a moment to recent attention given to Willow Smith, daughter of Will Smith and Jada Pinkett-Smith. Willow recently chose to get a buzz haircut, and the internet world went crazy, perhaps due to this whole transgender issue that seems to be breaking out.

In a recent article appearing on the Intent Blog on Dec 6th, Pinkett-Smith defend her daughter’s choice, but spoke to the bigger issue that was not being addressed. She was quoted as saying that:

““How is man to recognize his full self, his full power through the eye’s of an incomplete woman? The woman who has been stripped of Goddess recognition and diminished to a big ass and full breast for physical comfort only. The woman who has been silenced so she may forget her spiritual essence because her words stir too much thought outside of the pleasure space. The woman who has been diminished to covering all that rots inside of her with weaves and red bottom shoes.

I am sure the men, who restructured our societies from cultures that honored woman, had no idea of the outcome. They had no idea that eventually, even men would render themselves empty and longing for meaning, depth and connection.

There is a deep sadness when I witness a man that can’t recognize the emptiness he feels when he objectifies himself as a bank and truly believes he can buy love with things and status. It is painful to witness the betrayal when a woman takes him up on that offer.

He doesn’t recognize that the [creation] of a half woman has contributed to his repressed anger and frustration of feeling he is not enough. He then may love no woman or keep many half women as his prize.

He doesn’t recognize that it’s his submersion in the imbalanced warrior culture, where violence is the means of getting respect and power, as the reason he can break the face of the woman who bore him 4 four children.

When woman is lost, so is man. The truth is, woman is the window to a man’s heart and a man’s heart is the gateway to his soul.

There is a bit of irony in this. A reminder from James Redfield, author of

‘The Celestine Prophecy’ – where attention goes, energy flows.

In our desire to be spiritually and morally correct, I wonder if we have also been conned into perpetuating the opposite?

The global cabal has been great at cheating us, by using their subtle agendas to get us to spend more hard-earned money, previous time, and vital LIFE energies to support all these various movements, while diverting us from the fact that they have created the very social conditions that require these movements.

Let me very clear at this point.. these movements have served a purpose, but we have to overcome the agenda behind the movements.

Let us look at the internet as an example. It was built as a tool for our continued enslavement and addiction. They did not anticipate that people would actually use the internet for education and learning about their enslavement, nor did they expect that certain humans would actually become awakened and empowered enough to use this tool against them. They expected us to be grateful for the gift…not use it against them.

This is similar to the various movements. The DIFFERENCE however is that the internet is impersonal. All the movements, on numerous levels play on the emotions of humans and people become more defensive because the issue somehow feels more ‘personal’ to them. To their ego, yes, but to the soul-level, I might say ‘no’.

As long as we continue to get emotionally charged and fired up, giving our energies to various movements... we are feeding the energies of those who thrive from, and profit on, the separation, fear, debt and control of humanity.

Things are very close to getting out of hand. Yes, there may come a time when certain conflicts are necessary for humanity to defend itself. Unfortunately, IF this happens, it will have happened because humanity did not learn its lessons quickly enough. There are allegedly souls who are ready to fight and die for humanity and the future of our planet.

Why did we allow it to even to get this point in the first place? Were our egos so inflated that it was more meaningful to spend our time, energies, and money on all these movements, while not seeing.. or perhaps ignoring the REAL source of the problem? Were we so fearful of not standing up or speaking out because we were afraid of what our neighbours might say or think?

Were we so focused on playing the cabal game of working 8-18 hours a day, 5-7 days of the week, 320-360 days of the year?

Were we so distracted at living as a corporate entity that we willingly chose to forget our humanity?

My apologies that this ended up being longer, but I felt that this was an important thing to reflect upon this week, ahead of the holiday season.

Create a beautiful and compassionate week, until our next moment of ‘now’!